all | frequencies |
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
HAC leaflet | Users Manual | 744.84 KiB | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
Nicki-SS-a1245 SAR-FCC-DoC-leaflet---America (draft) 20130611 | Users Manual | 286.11 KiB | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
|
[Short-term confidential]userguide EN [PRODUCT NAME] [PART NUMBER] Android4.0 | Users Manual | 2.86 MiB | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Cover Letter(s) | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Internal Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Cover Letter(s) | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | ID Label/Location Info | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | RF Exposure Info | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | RF Exposure Info | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | External Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Setup Photos | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Test Report | December 06 2013 |
1 2 3 4 5 6 | HAC leaflet | Users Manual | 744.84 KiB | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 |
HAC-leaflet--Generic-ae,xl,fr_1239-4751.4.pdf 1 of 2 www.sonymobile.com Sony Mobile Communications AB SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden 1239-4751.4 American English Hearing Aid Compatibility Your phone is designed for Hearing Aid Compatibility
(HAC) and can be used with hearing aids. This feature has not been tested in combination with WLAN. Hearing Aid Settings You can choose the setting in the phone to match the setting in your hearing aid before making or receiving calls. To select a phone setting for HAC 1 From the Home screen, tap
. 2 Find and tap Settings > Call settings. 3 Mark the Hearing aids checkbox to turn on hearing aid compatibility. Hearing Aid Compatibility Information This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use with hearing aids. It is important to try the different features of this phone thoroughly and in different locations, using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to determine if you hear any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer. May 30, 2012 13:36:44 Important information Informacin importante Hearing Aid Compatibility Rating This model handset was designed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 20.19 of the Federal Communication Commission's (FCC) rules governing hearing aid compatibility (HAC), for the reduction of RF interference and magnetic coupling (T-coil) to hearing aids. The Microphone (M) rating and T-coil (T) rating is defined and labeled on the handset box. Devices meeting HAC compliance must have a minimum M3 and/or T3 rating or above as defined by the FCC in accordance with the latest ANSI Standard C63.19. The (M) rating refers to lower RF emission levels of the handset. The (T) rating refers to the magnetic coupling between the handset and the T-coil compatible hearing aid. Some hearing aids are also provided an (M) rating, and are more immune than others to interference. To determine the (M) rating of your hearing aid, please contact your hearing health professional. More information about digital wireless devices and hearing aid compatibility can be found at www.sonyericsson-snc.com. HAC-leaflet--Generic-ae,xl,fr_1239-4751.4.pdf 2 of 2 Espaol Latinoamericano Compatibilidad de aparatos auditivos Su telfono est diseado para la compatibilidad de aparatos auditivos (HAC, por su sigla en ingls) y se puede usar con aparatos auditivos. Esta funcin no se ha probado en combinacin con WLAN. Ajustes de los aparatos auditivos Puede elegir que el ajuste del telfono coincida con el ajuste de su aparato auditivo antes de realizar o recibir llamadas. Seleccionar una configuracin de telfono para HAC 1 Desde Home screen, toque suavemente 2 Busque y toque suavemente Configuracin > Config. de llamada. 3 Marque la casilla de verificacin Hearing aids para activar la compatibilidad de aparatos auditivos. INFORMACIN SOBRE COMPATIBILIDAD CON EQUIPOS DE ASISTENCIA AUDITIVA Este telfono ha sido probado y clasificado para su uso con equipos de asistencia auditiva para ciertas tecnologas de servicio mvil que usa. Sin embargo, pueden existir ciertas tecnologas nuevas de servicio mvil usadas en este telfono que no han sido probadas an para su uso con equipos de asistencia auditiva. Es importante probar minuciosamente y en diferentes sitios las distintas funciones de este telfono, usando su equipo Franais Compatibilit avec les appareils auditifs Votre tlphone est conu pour la compatibilit avec les appareils auditifs (HAC) et peut tre utilis avec des appareils auditifs. Cette fonction n'a pas t teste avec les rseaux WLAN. Paramtres de l'appareil auditif Sur votre tlphone, vous pouvez choisir le mme paramtre que celui de l'appareil auditif avant de passer ou de recevoir des appels. Pour slectionner un paramtre de tlphone pour la HAC 1 Dans l'Home screen, tapez sur 2 Tapez sur Paramtres > Paramtres d'appel. 3 Cochez la case Hearing aids pour activer la
. compatibilit avec les appareils auditifs. Informations relatives la compatibilit avec les appareils auditifs Ce tlphone a t test et class pour offrir une compatibilit entre certaines des technologies sans fil qu'il utilise et les appareils auditifs. Cependant, il peut faire appel des technologies sans fil plus rcentes qui n'ont pas encore t testes avec les appareils auditifs. Il est donc important que vous essayiez les diverses fonctions de ce tlphone, de manire exhaustive et dans diffrents endroits, avec votre appareil auditif ou votre implant cochlaire pour dterminer si vous entendez des parasites. Pour plus d'informations sur la compatibilit May 30, 2012 13:36:45 de asistencia auditiva o implante coclear, para determinar si usted escucha algn ruido de interferencia. Consulte con su proveedor de servicio o el fabricante de este telfono para informacin sobre compatibilidad con equipos de asistencia auditiva. Si tiene preguntas sobre las polticas de devolucin o cambios, consulte con su proveedor de servicio o centro de venta de telfonos. Clasificacin de compatibilidad de los aparatos auditivos Este modelo de telfono fue diseado para cumplir los requisitos establecidos en la Seccin 20.19 de las normas de la Federal Communication Commission (FCC) que rigen la compatibilidad de los aparatos auditivos (HAC, por sus siglas en ingls), para la reduccin de la interferencia RF y el acoplamiento magntico (T-coil) con los aparatos auditivos. La clasificacin de Micrfono (M) y la clasificacin de T-coil (T) est definida y marcada en la caja del telfono. Los dispositivos que cumplen los requisitos de HAC deben tener una clasificacin mnima de M3 y/o T3 o superior definida por la FCC de acuerdo con la ltima norma ANSI C63.19. La clasificacin (M) se refiere a los niveles de emisiones RF inferiores del telfono. La clasificacin (T) se refiere al acoplamiento magntico entre el telfono y el aparato auditivo compatible de T-coil. Algunos aparatos auditivos tambin tienen una clasificacin(M) y la interferencia los afecta menos que a otros. Para determinar la clasificacin (M) de sus aparato auditivo, contctese con su profesional de la salud auditiva. Hay ms informacin acerca de los dispositivos inalmbricos digitales y la compatibilidad de los aparatos auditivos se puede encontrar en www.sonyericsson-snc.com. avec les appareils auditifs, consultez votre oprateur rseau ou le fabricant de ce tlphone. Pour toute question relative aux politiques de retour et d'change, consultez votre oprateur rseau ou le revendeur du tlphone. Classement de compatibilit avec les prothses auditives Ce modle de combin a t conu pour respecter les exigences relatives la rduction des interfrences RF et du couplage magntique (bobine d'induction) pour les appareils auditifs, nonces dans la Section 20.19 de la rglementation de la FCC (Federal Communication Commission) rgissant la compatibilit avec les prothses auditives (HAC). Le classement (M) Microphone et bobine d'induction (T) est dfini et tiquet sur le botier du combin. Les appareils conformes la rglementation HAC doivent tre classs au moins au niveau M3 et/ou T3 dfini par la FCC conformment la dernire norme ANSI C63.19. Le classement (M) se rfre aux niveaux d'mission RF rduits du combin. Le classement (T) se rfre au couplage magntique entre le combin et la prothse auditive compatible bobine d'induction. Certaines prothses auditives sont galement classes
(M) et sont plus insensibles que d'autres aux interfrences. Pour connatre le classement (M) de votre prothse auditive, contactez votre audioprothsiste. Pour plus dinformations sur la compatibilit des appareils sans fil numriques avec les prothses auditives, visitez le site Web www.sonyericsson-snc.com.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Nicki-SS-a1245 SAR-FCC-DoC-leaflet---America (draft) 20130611 | Users Manual | 286.11 KiB | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 |
SAR Information FCC Statement Declaration of Conformity Sony C1904 UMTS HSPA Band 1 2 4 5 GSM GPRS/EDGE 850/900/1800/1900 Important Information United States & Canada THIS PHONE MODEL HAS BEEN CERTIFIED INCOMPLIANCE WITH THE GOVERNMENTS REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES. The Series mobile phones have been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed to not exceed the limits* of exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by governmental authorities. These limits establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by international scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a safety margin designed to assure the safety of all individuals, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phone models, they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves. For more information on SAR, please refer to the Important information in the Setup guide from your phone. The highest SAR value as reported to the authorities for this phone model when tested for use by the ear is 1.154 W/kg*, and when worn on the body is 1.338 W/kg*. For body-worn operation, the phone has been tested when positioned a minimum of 15 mm from the body without any metal parts in the vicinity of the phone or when properly used with an appropriate accessory and worn on the body. For devices which include WiFi hotspot functionality, SAR measurements for the device operating in WiFi hotspot mode were taken using a separation distance of 10 mm. Use of third-party 2 accessories may result in different SAR levels than those reported.
**Before a phone model is available for sale to the public in the US, it must be tested and certified by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) that it does not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure*. The tests are performed in positions and locations (i.e., by the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this phone model with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones, all mobile phones granted an FCC equipment authorization meet the government requirement for safe exposure. SAR information on this phone model is on file at the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID PY7PM-0480. Additional information on SAR can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association
(CTIA) website at http://www.phonefacts.net.
* In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.
**This paragraph is only applicable to authorities and customers in the United States. 3 Renseignements importants tats-Unis et Canada CE MODLE DE TLPHONE A T CERTIFI CONFORME AUX EXIGENCES GOUVERNEMENTALES RELATIVES L'EXPOSITION AUX ONDES RADIOLECTRIQUES. Les tlphones mobiles de la srie ont t conus pour rpondre aux normes de scurit en vigueur en matire d'exposition aux ondes radiolectriques. Votre tlphone sans fil est un metteur et un rcepteur radio. Il est conu de manire ne pas dpasser les limites* d'exposition l'nergie des radiofrquences (RF) tablies par les autorits gouvernementales. Ces limites fixent les niveaux maximaux d'nergie RF auxquels peut tre soumis le grand public. Ces lignes directrices sont bases sur des normes qui ont t labores par des organisations scientifiques internationales par le biais d'valuations priodiques et approfondies des tudes scientifiques. Ces normes prvoient une marge de scurit visant assurer la protection de tous les individus, peu importe leur ge et leur tat de sant. Les lignes directrices relatives l'exposition aux ondes radiolectriques utilisent une unit de mesure appele Dbit d'absorption spcifique (DAS). Les tests de DAS sont effectus selon des mthodes standardises dans lesquelles le tlphone met dans toutes les bandes de frquences utilises, la plus forte puissance pour laquelle il a t homologu. Bien que le DAS puisse tre diffrent d'un modle de tlphone un autre, tous les appareils sont conus pour respecter les lignes directrices relatives aux ondes radiolectriques. Pour en savoir plus sur le DAS, reportez-vous aux renseignements importants dans le guide de configuration de votre tlphone. Le DAS le plus lev relev par les autorits pour ce modle de tlphone est de 1.154 W/kg* lorsqu'il est test en utilisation prs de l'oreille et de 1.338 W/kg* lorsqu'il est port sur le corps. En mode dutilisation port sur le corps, le tlphone a t test lorsquil est au moins 15 mm du corps et lcart de toute pice en mtal, ou lorsquil est utilis de faon adquate avec un 4 accessoire appropri et port sur le corps. Pour les appareils munis de la fonctionnalit point d'accs WiFi , les mesures du DAS de l'appareil en mode WiFi ont t prises une distance de scurit de 10 mm. L'utilisation d'accessoires tiers peut produire des niveaux de DAS diffrents de ceux relevs.
**Avant qu'un modle de tlphone ne soit mis en vente auprs du public aux tats-Unis, la Commission fdrale des communications (CFC) doit le tester et certifier qu'il respecte les limites fixes dans les exigences gouvernementales d'exposition sans danger*. Pour chaque modle, les tests sont effectus en position et aux endroits d'usage (c.--d. prs de l'oreille et port sur le corps), tel que requis par la CFC. La CFC a accord une autorisation d'quipement pour ce modle de tlphone, aprs que tous les niveaux de DAS indiqus aient t valus et considrs conformes aux lignes directrices de la CFC en matire d'exposition aux radiofrquences. Mme s'il peut y avoir des diffrences entre les niveaux de DAS des diffrents tlphones, tous les tlphones mobiles auxquels la CFC a accord une autorisation d'quipement rpondent aux normes gouvernementales en matire d'exposition sans danger. La CFC conserve dans ses dossiers l'information relative aux DAS relevs pour ce modle de tlphone. Vous pouvez la consulter au http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid sous la rubrique Display Grant , aprs avoir effectu une recherche sur CFC ID PY7PM-0480. Vous trouverez des renseignements supplmentaires concernant le DAS sur le site Web de la Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) au http://www.phonefacts.net.
* Aux tats-Unis et au Canada, la limite de DAS des tlphones mobiles utiliss par le public est de 1,6 watt/kg
(W/kg) en moyenne sur un gramme de tissus. Cette norme comporte une marge importante de scurit afin d'assurer une protection supplmentaire et de tenir compte de toute variation dans les mesures.
**Ce paragraphe ne concerne que les autorits et les clients des tats-Unis. 5 Informacin importante Estados Unidos y Canad ESTE MODELO DE TELFONO HA SIDO CERTIFICADO CONFORME A LOS REQUISITOS GUBERNAMENTALES DE EXPOSICIN A ONDAS DE RADIO. Los telfonos mviles Series han sido diseados para cumplir con los requisitos de seguridad aplicables sobre exposicin a ondas de radio. Su telfono inalmbrico es un transmisor y receptor de radio. Est diseado para no exceder los lmites * de exposicin a energa de radiofrecuencia (RF) establecidos por las autoridades gubernamentales. Estos lmites establecen los niveles permitidos de energa de RF para la poblacin general. Las directrices se basan en estndares desarrollados por organizaciones cientficas internacionales mediante la evaluacin peridica y exhaustiva de estudios cientficos. Los estndares incluyen un margen de seguridad diseado para garantizar la seguridad de todas las personas, independientemente de su edad o salud. Las directrices de exposicin a ondas de radio utilizan una unidad de medida conocida como Tasa Especfica de Absorcin
(SAR por sus siglas en ingls). Las pruebas de SAR se realizan utilizando mtodos estandarizados, con el telfono transmitiendo a su nivel ms alto de potencia certificado en todas las bandas de frecuencia utilizadas. Aunque puede haber diferencias entre los niveles SAR de varios modelos de telfonos, todos han sido diseados para cumplir las directrices pertinentes sobre exposicin a ondas de radio. Para obtener ms informacin sobre la tasa SAR, consulte la Informacin importante en la Gua de configuracin del telfono. Segn se report a las autoridades, el valor ms alto de SAR de este modelo de telfono cuando se prob usndolo cerca del odo es de 1.154 W/kg*, y al usarlo en el cuerpo es de 1.338 W/kg*. Para su uso cerca del cuerpo, el telfono ha sido probado para su funcionamiento a una distancia mnima de 15 mm (0,59 pulg.) del cuerpo, sin que haya piezas metlicas cerca del telfono o cuando se utiliza correctamente con un accesorio 6 adecuado y cerca del cuerpo. Para los dispositivos que incluyen la funcionalidad "WiFi hotspot", las mediciones de SAR para el funcionamiento del dispositivo en el modo de punto de acceso WiFi se tomaron con una distancia de separacin de 10 mm. El uso de accesorios de terceros puede generar distintos niveles de SAR respecto de los reportados.
**Antes de que un modelo de telfono se encuentre disponible para la venta al pblico en Estados Unidos, la Comisin federal de telecomunicaciones (FCC por sus siglas en ingls) debe aprobarlo y certificar que no supere el lmite establecido por el requisito adoptado por el gobierno para una exposicin segura*. Las pruebas se llevan a cabo en posiciones y ubicaciones (es decir, cerca del odo y cerca del cuerpo) segn lo requiere la FCC para cada modelo. La FCC ha otorgado una Autorizacin de equipo para este modelo de telfono con todos los niveles de SAR reportados, los cuales fueron evaluados conforme a las especificaciones de exposicin a RF de la FCC. Aunque es posible que haya diferencias entre los niveles de SAR de los diferentes telfonos, todos los telfonos mviles que cuentan con una autorizacin de equipo de la FCC cumplen con los requisitos gubernamentales para la exposicin segura. La informacin sobre SAR de este modelo de telfono est archivada en la FCC y puede encontrarla en la seccin Display Grant (Mostrar subvencin) en http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid despus de buscar la ID PY7PM-0480 de la FCC. Puede encontrar informacin adicional sobre SAR en el sitio Web de la Asociacin de Telecomunicaciones Celulares e Internet (CTIA por sus siglas en ingls) enhttp://www.phonefacts.net.
* En Estados Unidos y Canad, el lmite de SAR de los telfonos mviles utilizados por el pblico es de 1.6 vatios/kilogramo (V/kg) promediados sobre un gramo de tejido. El estndar incluye un margen de seguridad para proporcionarle una proteccin adicional al pblico y para tomar en cuenta cualquier variacin en las medidas.
**Este prrafo se aplica nicamente a autoridades y clientes de Estados Unidos. 7 Important Information Latin & South America Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information This mobile phone model has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods with the tablet personal computer transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phone models, they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves. For more information on SAR, please refer to the Important information in the Setup guide from your phone. SAR data information for residents in countries that have adopted the SAR limit recommended by the International Commission of Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), which is 2 W/kg averaged over ten (10) gram of tissue (for example European Union, Japan, Brazil and New Zealand): The highest SAR value for this model phone when tested by Sony for use at the ear is 0.815 W/kg (10g). 8 Informacin importante Latinoamrica y Sudamrica Informacin de exposicin a ondas de radio y tasa especfica de absorcin (SAR por sus siglas en ingls). Este modelo de telfono mvil ha sido diseado para cumplir con los requisitos de seguridad aplicables sobre exposicin a ondas de radio. Estos requisitos se basan en directrices cientficas que incluyen mrgenes de seguridad diseados para garantizar la seguridad de todas las personas, independientemente de su edad o salud. Las directrices de exposicin a ondas de radio utilizan una unidad de medida conocida como Tasa Especfica de Absorcin o SAR por sus siglas en ingls. Las pruebas de SAR se realizan utilizando mtodos estandarizados con el equipo personal o tableta transmitiendo al mximo nivel certificado de potencia en todas las bandas de frecuencia utilizadas. Aunque puede haber diferencias entre los niveles SAR de varios modelos de telfonos, todos han sido diseados para cumplir las directrices pertinentes sobre exposicin a ondas de radio. Para obtener ms informacin sobre la tasa SAR, consulte la Informacin importante en la Gua de configuracin del telfono. Informacin de los datos de SAR para los residentes en los pases que han adoptado el lmite de SAR recomendado por la Comisin Internacional de Proteccin contra las Radiaciones No Ionizantes (ICNIRP por sus siglas en ingls), que es de 2 W / kg de media sobre diez (10) gramos de tejido (por ejemplo la Unin Europea, Japn, Brasil y Nueva Zelanda): El valor ms alto de SAR para este modelo de telfono al ser analizado por Sony para su uso cerca del odo es de 0.815 W/kg (10g). 9 Informaes importantes Amrica Latina e do Sul Informaes sobre exposio a ondas de rdio e Taxa de Absoro Especfica (SAR) Este modelo de celular foi projetado de modo a estar em conformidade com os requisitos de segurana aplicveis para exposio a ondas de rdio. Esses requisitos se baseiam em diretrizes cientficas que incluem margens de segurana projetadas para garantir a segurana de todas as pessoas, independentemente da idade e do estado de sade. As diretrizes de exposio a ondas de rdio empregam uma unidade de medida conhecida como Taxa de Absoro Especfica, ou SAR. Os testes relacionados SAR so conduzidos com mtodos em que o computador pessoal tablet transmite com seu nvel de potncia certificada mais alto em todas as bandas de frequncia utilizadas. Embora possa haver diferenas entre os nveis de SAR dos vrios modelos de celular, todos eles foram projetados para atender s diretrizes relevantes de exposio a ondas de rdio. Para obter mais informaes sobre SAR, consulte a seo Informaes importantes no Guia de configurao do celular. Informaes de dados de SAR para residentes em pases que adotaram o limite de SAR recomendado pela Comisso Internacional de Proteo contra as Radiaes No-Ionizantes
(ICNIRP), cuja mdia de 2 W/kg por 10 (dez) gramas de tecido
(por exemplo Unio Europeia, Japo, Brasil e Nova Zelndia): o mais alto valor de SAR deste modelo de celular quando testado pela Sony para uso ao ouvido de 0.815 W/kg (10 g). 10
///
Anguilla Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Australia The Bahamas Barbados Belgique/Bel gi Belize Bermuda Bolivia Brasil Canada Cayman Islands 1-800-080-9518
(Toll Free) 1-800-081-9518
(Toll Free) 0800-333-7427
(nmero gratuito) 1300 650-050
(Toll Free) 1-800-205-6062
(Toll Free) 1-800-082-9518
(Toll Free) 02-0745 1611 AN 815, PIN 5597
(Toll Free) 1-800-083-9518
(Toll Free) 800-100-542
(nmero gratuito) 4001-0444
(Capitais e regies metropolitanas) 0800 884 0444
(Demais regies) 1 866 766 9374
(Toll Free / sans frais) 1-800-084-9518
(Toll Free) questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.AU@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.BE@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.BR@support.sonymobile.com questions.CA@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com 11
+27 11 506 0123 questions.CF@support.sonymobile.com 844 550 055 questions.CZ@support.sonymobile.com Central and Southern Africa esk republika Chile Colombia Costa Rica 800-646-425
(nmero gratuito) 01800-0966-080
(nmero gratuito) 0 800 011 0400
(nmero gratuito) 3331 2828 Danmark Deutschland 0180 534 2020 Dominica Ecuador Eesti Egypt/
(ortsbliche Gebhren) 1-800-085-9518
(Toll Free) 1-800-0102-50
(nmero gratuito) 06 032 032 16727
questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.DK@support.sonymobile.com questions.DE@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.EE@support.sonymobile.com questions.EG@support.sonymobile.com questions.GR@support.sonymobile.com El Salvador 800-6323 (nmero questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com Espaa France Guatemala gratuito) 902 180 576
(tarifa local) 09 69 32 21 21 09 69 32 21 22
(Xperia uniquement) 1-800-300-0057
(nmero gratuito) 12 questions.ES@support.sonymobile.com questions.FR@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com AN 193, PIN 5598
(numro gratuit /
nimewo gratis) AN 8000122, PIN 5599 (nmero gratuito)
+852 8203 8863 questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.HK@support.sonymobile.com questions.HR@support.sonymobile.com questions.IN@support.sonymobile.com 062 000 000 1800 11 1800 (Toll Free)
+91 (011) 39011111
+62 21 2935 7669 questions.ID@support.sonymobile.com 1850 545 888 questions.IE@support.sonymobile.com
(Local rate) 06 48895206
(tariffa locale) 1-800-442-3471
(Toll Free) 0800 90 909 questions.CY@support.sonymobile.com questions.IT@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com 67 21 43 01 8 700 55030 01 880 47 47 questions.LV@support.sonymobile.com questions.LT@support.sonymobile.com questions.HU@support.sonymobile.com 1 800-88-7666 questions.MY@support.sonymobile.com
+212 2 2958 344 questions.MA@support.sonymobile.com Hati/Ayiti Honduras Hong Kong/
Hrvatska India/ Indonesia Ireland Italia Jamaica
/Kb rs Latvija Lietuva Magyarorsz g Malaysia Maroc/
Mxico 0 1800 000 4722
(nmero gratuito) 0900 8998318 001-866-509-8660
(gratis nummer) Nederland Nederlandse Antillen New Zealand 0800-100-150
(Toll Free) questions.MX@support.sonymobile.com questions.NL@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.NZ@support.sonymobile.com 13 Nicaragua Norge sterreich Pakistan/
Panam Paraguay Per Philippines/
Pilipinas Polska Portugal questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.NO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.AT@support.sonymobile.com questions.PK@support.sonymobile.com AN 1800-0166, PIN 5600 (nmero gratuito) 815 00 840
(lokaltakst) 0810 200 245 021 - 111 22 55 73 00800-787-0009
(nmero gratuito) 009 800 54 20032
(nmero gratuito) 0800-532-38
(nmero gratuito)
+632 479 9777 or 1800 1 853 7669
+48 22 22 77 444 questions.PL@support.sonymobile.com questions.PT@support.sonymobile.com 808 204 466
(chamada local) 1-800-751-3370
(nmero gratuito)
+40 21 401 0401 questions.RO@support.sonymobile.com 1-800-087-9518 questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com
(Toll Free) 1-800-088-9518
(Toll Free) questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.PH@support.sonymobile.com Repblica Dominicana Romnia Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Schweiz/Sui sse/Svizzera Singapore
+65 6744 0733 Slovenia 0800 81291 Slovensko 02 5443 6443 South Africa 0861 632222 South orea/
Suomi 0848 824 040
(+82) 1588 4170 14 questions.CH@support.sonymobile .com questions.SG@support.sonymobile.com questions.si@support.sonymobile.com questions.SK@support.sonymobile.com questions.ZA@support.sonymobile.com questions.KO@support.sonymobile.com questions.FI@support.sonymobile.com Sverige Thailand Trinidad and Tobago Trkiye United Kingdom United States Uruguay Venezuela Vit Nam
013 24 45 00
(lokal taxa) 001 800 852 7663 or 02401 3030 1-800-080-9521
(Toll Free)
+90 212 473 77 77 08705 237 237
(Local rate) 1 866 766 9374 questions.SE@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.TR@support.sonymobile.com questions.GB@support.sonymobile.com questions.US@support.sonymobile.com questions.VN@support.sonymobile .com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com 000-401-787-013
(nmero gratuito) 0-800-1-00-2250
(nmero gratuito) 1900 1525 (min ph) questions.BG@support.sonymobile.com 0800 1 8778 questions.RU@support.sonymobile.com 8-800-1008022
+38 044 590 1515 questions.UA@support.sonymobile.com
+971 4 3919 880 questions.JO@support.sonymobile.com
+971 4 3919 880 questions.AE@support.sonymobile.com
(UAE)
+971 4 3919 880 questions.KW@support.sonymobile.com 800-8200-727 questions.SA@support.sonymobile.com
+86 400 810 0000 questions.CN@sonymobile.com
+886 2 25625511 questions.TW@support.sonymobile.com 02 2483 030 questions.TH@support.sonymobile.com 15 FCC Statement FCC Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference,
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. including interference that may cause undesired operation. Any change or modification not expressly approved by Sony Any change or modification not expressly approved by Sony may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. help. 16 Industry Canada Statement This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. Please note that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avis dindustrie Canada Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes:
(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et, and (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. Declaration of Conformity for C1904 We, Sony Mobile Communications AB of Nya Vattentornet SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden declare under our sole responsibility that our product Sony type PM-0480-BV and in combination with our accessories, to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the appropriate standards EN 301 511:V9.0.2, EN 301 908-1:V5.2.1, EN 301 908-2:V5.2.1, EN 300 328:V1.7.1, EN 300 440-2:V1.4.1, EN 301 489-3:V1.4.1, EN 301 489-7:V1.3.1, EN 301 893:V1.6.1, EN 301 489-17:V2.1.1, EN 301 489-24:V1.5.1, EN 302 291-2:V1.1.1, EN 62 209-1:2006 and EN 60 950-1:2006+A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011 following the provisions of, Radio Equipment and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment directive 1999/5/EC. Lund, May 2013 Pr Thuresson, Quality Officer, SVP, Quality & Customer Services We fulfil the requirements of the R&TTE Directive (1999/5/EC). Ce produit est conforme aux directives de R&TTE (1999/5/EC). Cumplimos con los requisitos de la Directiva R&TTE Normas sobre equipos de terminales de radio y telecomunicaciones
(1999/5/EC). 18 Atendemos aos requisitos da Diretriz R&TTE (1999/5/EC). 19 www.sonymobile.com Sony Mobile Communications AB SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden
1 2 3 4 5 6 | [Short-term confidential]userguide EN [PRODUCT NAME] [PART NUMBER] Android4.0 | Users Manual | 2.86 MiB | December 06 2013 / December 12 2013 |
Draft User guide Product name variable is missing in the XML[COVER This is a draft publication for internal use only. Contents Xperia V User guide....................................................................6 Getting started...............................................................................8 What is Android?............................................................................8 Overview............................................................................................8 Assembly...........................................................................................9 Turning the device on and off .........................................................12 Screen lock......................................................................................13 Setup guide......................................................................................13 Accounts and services.....................................................................14 Getting to know your phone.........................................................16 Using the keys.................................................................................16 Battery..............................................................................................16 Using the touchscreen.....................................................................21 Using the lockscreen.......................................................................25 Home screen....................................................................................26 Accessing and using applications...................................................30 Status and notifications...................................................................36 Phone settings menu.......................................................................39 Typing text.......................................................................................39 Customising your device.................................................................48 Enhancing the sound output............................................................53 Memory............................................................................................54 Using a headset ..............................................................................55 Internet and messaging settings......................................................56 Controlling data usage.....................................................................58 Mobile network settings...................................................................59 Google Play..............................................................................62 Getting started with Google Play.................................................62 Downloading from Google Play....................................................62 Clearing your application data.........................................................63 Permissions......................................................................................64 Installing applications not from Google Play ...............................65 Calling..........................................................................................66 Emergency calls...............................................................................66 Making and receiving calls...............................................................66 Rejecting calls..................................................................................69 Recent calls.....................................................................................70 Voicemail..........................................................................................71 Multiple calls....................................................................................72 2 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Setting up a conference call............................................................73 Call settings.....................................................................................74 Contacts ......................................................................................77 Getting contacts into your device....................................................77 Adding and editing contacts............................................................80 Searching and viewing contacts......................................................82 Favourites and groups.....................................................................84 Sending contact information............................................................85 Backing up contacts........................................................................86 Messaging....................................................................................88 Using text and multimedia messaging.............................................88 Text and multimedia message options............................................91 Google Talk .................................................................................92 Email.............................................................................................94 Getting started with Email................................................................94 Using email......................................................................................96
"WALKMAN" application ...........................................................102 About Music...................................................................................102 Transferring media files to your device .........................................103 Using the "WALKMAN" application ..............................................103 Getting more information about a track or artist...........................106 Using My music to organise your tracks ......................................107 Managing playlists.........................................................................109
"WALKMAN" application widget ..................................................111 Protecting your hearing..................................................................111 TrackID technology........................................................................112 FM radio.....................................................................................116 About the FM radio........................................................................116 Using your favourite radio channels..............................................118 Sound settings...............................................................................119 Identifying radio tracks using TrackID........................................120 Camera.......................................................................................121 About the camera..........................................................................121 Using the still camera....................................................................122 Face detection...............................................................................124 Using Smile Shutter to capture smiling faces............................125 Adding the geographical position to your photos.........................125 Using still camera settings.............................................................126 Using the video camera.................................................................133 Album.........................................................................................141 About Album..................................................................................141 Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures tab .............................142 3 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Viewing photos and videos in the My albums tab ........................143 Viewing your photos on a map......................................................152 Viewing online albums...................................................................155 Movies........................................................................................157 About Movies.................................................................................157 Using Movies.................................................................................158 Video Unlimited..........................................................................161 About Video Unlimited...................................................................161 Renting or buying a video..............................................................163 Watching a video from Video Unlimited........................................165 Web browser..............................................................................167 About the web browser..................................................................167 Connectivity...............................................................................168 Connecting to wireless networks...................................................168 Sharing content with DLNA Certified devices............................174 NFC................................................................................................179 Bluetooth wireless technology...................................................183 Connecting your device to a computer.........................................186 Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader application.................191 Smart Connect...............................................................................194 Synchronising data on your phone............................................196 About synchronising data on your device.....................................196 Synchronising with Google........................................................196 Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts........197 Synchronising with Facebook....................................................198 Maps and locations....................................................................200 About location services..................................................................200 Using GPS.....................................................................................200 Google Maps..............................................................................201 Using Google Maps to get directions.........................................202 Calendar and alarm clock..........................................................203 Calendar.........................................................................................203 Alarm clock....................................................................................204 Support and maintenance..........................................................209 Updating your device.....................................................................209 Backing up and restoring phone content......................................211 Resetting your device....................................................................212 Locking and protecting your device..............................................212 Support application.......................................................................218 Recycling your phone....................................................................218 4 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Reference...................................................................................219 Settings overview...........................................................................219 Status and notification icons overview..........................................220 Application overview......................................................................226 Important information.................................................................231 Important information leaflet..........................................................231 Limitations to services and features..............................................231 Legal information...........................................................................231 Index...........................................................................................233 5 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Xperia V [] User guide 6 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: SCR-SONY-12NU-HTML-UG-FRONT GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E6E8CB91-86CA-4D8B-962F-F345E3A3EC1C User guide - Front page Front page for XPERIA Care HTML UG 1 AnnE Released 7 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Getting started GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-939577FB-1BE0-4C23-9106-0910EFDEC761 Getting started - heading only From Robyn RTL. Valid for eDream 3.0 - Home screen label changed. 2 KomalL Released What is Android?
Indexterm: "Android"
Your Xperia smartphone from Sony runs on the Android platform. Android phones can perform many of the same functions as a computer and you can customise them to your own needs. For example, you can add and delete applications, or enhance existing applications to improve functionality. On Google Play you can download a range of applications and games from a constantly growing collection. You can also integrate applications on your Android phone with other applications and with online services that you use. For example, you can back up your phone contacts, access your different email accounts and calendars from one place, keep track of your appointments, and engage in social networking. Android phones are constantly evolving. When a new software version is available and your phone supports this new software, you can update your phone to get new features and the latest improvements. Your Android phone is pre-loaded with Google services. To get the most out of the provided Google services, you should have a Google account and sign in to it when you first start your phone. You also need to have Internet access to use many of the features in Android. New software releases may not be compatible with all phones. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Overview GUID-F3EE4549-8847-4A4D-AA20-28FBC7647298 What is Android?
1 JorgenL Released 8 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-FRONT-OVERVIEW 1 2 3 4 5 6 Front camera lens Proximity/Light sensor Ear speaker Power key Volume/Zoom key Camera key 7 Microphone 1 8 Touchscreen ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-BACK-OVERVIEW 9 Main camera lens 10 Microphone 2 11 Headset jack 12 Camera light 13 Port for charger/USB cable 14 NFC detection area 15 Speaker 16 Strap hole GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Assembly GUID Title Changes Version GUID-5CE66CCE-D5DA-422E-9290-40E257A0082E Phone overview - Nicki Only for Nicki html guide - adjust the topic structure; no content change 1.1.1 WangT Draft GUID-A00623F6-271A-44C6-BACC-F441DAA2AB8C Assembly - heading Generic 1 9 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status CarlosG Released To remove the back cover Indexterm: "back cover"
Sub-indexterm: "removing"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-REMOVING-BACK-COVER Insert a thumbnail into the gap between the back cover and one side of your device, then lift up the cover. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-512F5C21-6B2C-44AA-B2C3-E1B9C6CB9BBB To remove the back cover Term change from "phone" to "device"
4 WangT Released*
To insert the memory card ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-INSERTSD-SS 1 Remove the back cover. 2 Insert the memory card into the memory card slot, with the gold-coloured contacts facing down. The memory card may not be included at purchase in all markets. GUID Title Changes Version GUID-481057C3-65CD-4FFD-B582-46EA6F8AA9B0 To insert the memory card Update for Nicki - add condition on the illus to differentiate SS and DS 7.1.1 10 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status WangT Released To insert the micro SIM card Indexterm: "micro SIM card"
Sub-indexterm: "inserting"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-INSERT-SIM-SS Remove the battery cover, then insert the micro SIM card into its slot with the gold-coloured contacts facing down. You must use a micro SIM card for your phone to work correctly. Some standard-sized SIM cards allow you to detach an integrated micro SIM card. Once you detach the micro SIM card from the standard-sized SIM card, you cannot reattach it and use the standard-sized SIM card again. If you do not have a micro SIM card, or if your current SIM card does not contain a detachable micro SIM card, contact your network operator for information on how to collect or exchange your SIM card. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E44925B5-53C5-401B-A805-846F0EB0D296 To insert the SIM card 1 VikkiL Released*
To attach the back cover Indexterm: "back cover"
Sub-indexterm: "attaching"
11 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-ATTACHING-BACK-COVER 1 Place the back cover over the back of the device from the bottom side. 2 Moving from bottom to top, press down the sides of the cover until you hear clicking noises as they lock into place. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F642FE56-9AA2-4E63-8B4F-8172A84F30F2 To attach the back cover The direction to attach the back cover changed - first attach at the bottom and then press dowm from bottom to top - like Nicki 5 WangT Draft Turning the device on and off Indexterm: "powering on"
Indexterm: "powering off"
Indexterm: "turning on"
Indexterm: "turning off"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To turn on the device GUID-F3910263-29C3-4AC1-974D-7A25AA32A88F Turning on or off the device - heading only device term change 7 QianWang Released ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-ON 1 Press and hold down the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90 until the device vibrates. 2 If your screen goes dark, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-
AND-POWER-K90 to activate the screen. 3 To unlock the screen, swipe up or down on the screen. 4 Enter your SIM card PIN when requested, then select OK [sim_enter_ok] . 5 Wait a while for the device to start. Your SIM card PIN is initially supplied by your network operator, but you can change it later from the Settings [settings_label] menu. To correct a mistake made while entering your SIM card PIN, tap ID: ICN-SONY-DELETE-PHONE-NUMBER-BLK. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-69945514-1C19-44BC-A4B6-16499F44D9BB To turn on the device For Togari; text changed; only change "drag" to "swipe" in step3. 18 Tan Nellie Draft To turn off the device 1 Press and hold down the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90 until the options menu opens. 2 In the options menu, tap Power off [global_action_power_off] . 3 Tap OK [button_ok] . It may take a while for the device to shut down. GUID GUID-18CE50BE-7FF2-40F4-B93F-8CBB76E4AF3C 12 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status To turn off the device changed a label id only no need ed review 7 MikeCao Released Screen lock Indexterm: "locks"
Sub-indexterm: "locking the screen"
Sub-indexterm: "activating the screen"
Sub-indexterm: "screen lock"
When your phone is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens to save battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions on the touch screen when you are not using it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-257D8ADA-2FAB-46AB-AC65-0351FE70EC94 Screen lock Valid from 2.1. Valid for eDream 3.0. 3 HannaB Released*
To activate the screen Briefly press the power key GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90. GUID-0C3A14A1-C558-4C86-B6E1-45351B7F553D To activate the screen From eDream6.0: updated based on editorial comments. 7 VikkiL Released*
To unlock the screen ID: ILL-SONY-EDREAM-SCREEN-LOCK Drag ID: ICN-SONY-EDREAM3-ANDROID-LOCK-UP up or drag ID: ICN-
SONY-EDREAM3-ANDROID-LOCK-DOWN down. GUID-5F698464-1BEC-40EC-976F-FED186599B31 To unlock the screen Valid from Odin and Yuga (chagned the way to unlock the screen) 5 PengLeon Released*
When the screen is active, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-
To lock the screen manually AND-POWER-K90. GUID-229DFA2D-0E19-4782-B952-ACEBB0E8C755 To lock the screen manually From eDream6.0: updated as per editor's comments 5 VikkiL Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Setup guide Indexterm: "setup guide"
The first time you start your device, a setup guide opens to explain basic functions and help you enter essential settings. This is a good time to configure the device to your specific needs. You can also access the setup guide later from the settings menu. GUID Title Changes GUID-C9CE16A0-5953-4C4B-B27D-E546F04377B5 Setup guide For JellyBean. Changed "the application screen" to "the settings menu". No other text update. 13 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 12 QianWang Released To access the setup guide manually 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Setup guide [setupguide_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-45BAC9AF-99A4-4D6C-979B-E6E88255911E To access the setup guide manually For Jelly Bean projects. Steps changed. 7 QianWang Released Accounts and services Indexterm: "accounts"
Indexterm: "services"
Sign in to your online service accounts from your device to get easy access when you're on the move. For example, you can integrate contacts from your Google account into your Contacts, so you have everything in one place. You can sign up to new online services from your device as well as from a computer. GUID-59021D9A-ABD0-412C-A582-5DA4E43841EE Services change phonebook to Contacts 4 LuLinda Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Google account Indexterm: "accounts"
Sub-indexterm: "Google"
Having a Google account is key to using a range of applications and services with your Android device. You need a Google account, for example, to use the Gmail
[GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] application in your device, to chat with friends using Google Talk, and to synchronise the calendar application on your device with your Google Calendar. You also need a Google account to download applications and games, music, movies and books from Google Play. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-887CAF1C-9BBE-477E-B164-01220815B2AC Google account Update for Term change from phone to device 5 PanL Released Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account Indexterm: "accounts"
Sub-indexterm: "Exchange Active Sync"
Synchronise your device with your corporate Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account. This way, you keep your work email, contacts and calendar events with you at all times. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-80919EF6-5273-4790-AEF0-EE09B4D8CD50 Exchange Active Sync account Update for Term change from phone to device 5 PanL Released Facebook account Indexterm: "accounts"
Sub-indexterm: "Facebook"
14 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Facebook is a social networking service that connects you with friends, family and colleagues around the world. Set up Facebook to work on your device so that you can stay in touch from anywhere. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-63DB6971-BA62-4881-96C7-583E78F463F2 Facebook account Update for Term change from phone to device 3 PanL Released 15 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Getting to know your phone GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AA4FF55E-CC16-4F0C-8A77-A735D267BF46 Getting to know your phone - heading only Generic 1 JorgenL Released*
Using the keys Indexterm: "keys"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-HARDWARE-KEYS Back Go back to the previous screen Close the on-screen keypad, a dialog box, an options menu, or the Notification panel Home Go to the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt]
Task Tap to open a window showing your most recently used applications and a small apps bar ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
KEY-
AND-
BACK ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
KEY-
AND-
HOM E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
KEY-
OPEN
-
RECE NT-
APPS GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Battery GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CA3D8D48-DDF0-40EB-8E9F-26C4BFB4D6DD Using the hardware keys - Three keys Key update for Mint/Hayabusa 5 Aiping Released*
GUID-08267A67-94DC-4C15-8A25-EAD0CE6D540A Battery Device Term Change 2 Gan Lu Released 16 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Charging the battery Indexterm: "charging"
Indexterm: "battery"
Your battery is partly charged when you buy the device. It may take a few minutes before the battery icon appears on the screen when you connect the charger cable to a power source, such as a USB port or a charger. You can still use your device while it is charging. Charging your device over a long period of time, for example, overnight, does not damage the battery or the device. ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-BATTERY-CHARGE-ANIM3 The battery will start to discharge a little after it is fully charged and then charges again after a certain time when the charger is connected. This is to extend battery life and may result in the charge status showing a level below 100 percent. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-391714A7-52F8-4D33-A3C0-4BB20F347FBF Charging the battery Device Term Change 11 Gan Lu Released To charge your device ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-CHARGING 1 Plug the charger into a power outlet. 2 Plug one end of the USB cable into the charger (or into the USB port of a computer). 3 Plug the other end of the cable into the micro USB port on your device, with the USB symbol facing up. The notification light lights up when charging starts. 4 When the notification light is green, the device is fully charged. Disconnect the USB cable from your device by pulling it straight outwards. Make sure not to bend the connector when removing the cable from the device. If the battery is completely discharged, it may take a few minutes before the notification light lights up after you connect the charger cable to a power source. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AB7653A6-94E4-487D-8E13-755BAC8DC744 To charge your device for Pollux html UG; remove 2 images 11.1.1 Gan Lu Released Battery notification light status Green The battery is fully charged Flashing red The battery level is low Orange The battery is charging. The battery level is between low and full GUID Title Changes Version GUID-15D5D981-229B-451C-9F58-DEAE6FC82CDD Battery LED status for Pollux; change "Battery LED" to "Notification light"
3 17 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status Gan Lu Released To check the battery level 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > About phone [about_settings<product="default">] >
Status [device_status] > Battery level [battery_level_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1769B484-1C7F-4F81-B850-45A7984995AB To check the battery level For ICS update: changed the label for "About phone"
4 VikkiL Released*
Improving battery performance Indexterm: "device"
Sub-indexterm: "battery"
Sub-indexterm: "performance"
The following tips can help you improve battery performance:
Charge your device often. This will not affect the lifetime of the battery. Downloading data from the Internet is power consuming. When you're not using the Internet, you can save power by disabling all mobile data connections from the expanded status bar. This setting does not prevent your device from transmitting data over other wireless networks. Turn off Bluetooth and Wi-Fi when you don't need these features. You can turn them on and off more easily from the expanded status bar. Use the STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] and Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label]
features to reduce battery consumption. You can select the power saving mode that best suits the way you use your device. You can also customise the settings of each power saving mode. Set your synchronisation applications (used to synchronise your email, calendar and contacts) to synchronise manually. You can also synchronise automatically, but increase the synchronisation intervals. Check the battery usage menu in your device to see which applications use the most power. Your battery consumes more power when you use video and music streaming applications, such as YouTube. Some applications downloaded from Google Play may also consume more power. Close and exit applications that you are not using. Lower the screen display brightness level. Turn off your device or activate the Airplane mode [airplane_mode] setting if you are in an area with no network coverage. Otherwise, your device repeatedly scans for available networks, and this consumes power. Use a Sony original handsfree device to listen to music. Handsfree devices demand less battery power than your device's own loudspeakers. Keep your device in standby mode whenever possible. Standby time refers to the time during which your device is connected to the network and is not being used. Disable any live wallpaper. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F9A76820-0B4C-41EA-A31F-152FE937C886 Improving battery performance From Togari; text changed; change the way of controlling Bluetooth and Wi-Fi. 22.1.1.1.2 Tan Nellie Draft To access the battery usage menu 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] >
Battery usage [battery_label] . GUID Title GUID-72DC8FCB-A113-4E57-88FB-5C55DCE9CFE3 To access the battery usage menu with eco mode 18 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status for Odin & Yuga; update a label only 2 Gan Lu Released Using STAMINA mode Activate the STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] feature to pause your Wi-Fi
[udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] connection, data traffic and several power consuming applications when your screen is inactive. When STAMINA mode is active, you can still receive phone calls, and text and multimedia messages. You can also set up an applications list to allow some applications to keep running when your screen is inactive. Once the screen becomes active again, all paused functions are resumed. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BAD9774F-09BB-4637-AE5C-C88606ADFD46 Using the STAMINA mode feature for Odin & Yuga; new feature 1 Gan Lu Released*
To activate STAMINA mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] . 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-OFF next to STAMINA mode [extended_stand-
by_mode_label] , then tap Activate [activate_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-18315E99-CD26-4905-ADE0-B8514A1912E8 To activate STAMINA mode for Odin & Yuga 1 Gan Lu Released To deactivate STAMINA mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] . 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-ON next to STAMINA mode [extended_stand-
by_mode_label] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4A739D0C-9062-4D68-ADD9-75E89178E876 To deactive the STAMINA mode for Odin & Yuga 1 Gan Lu Released To change the settings for STAMINA mode Indexterm: "STAMINA mode"
Sub-indexterm: "changing settings"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] . 3 To open the settings menu, tap STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] . 4 Add or remove applications, as desired. 5 When you're finished, tap Done [button_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-04D506B4-63EE-426D-8D1B-BD8C18C3DBB0 To change the settings for STAMINA mode for Odin & Yuga 1 Gan Lu Released 19 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Estimating the standby time of your device Indexterm: "standby time"
Sub-indexterm: "estimating"
Standby time refers to the amount of time the battery can last when your device is connected to the network but is not in active use, for example, to receive or make phone calls. STAMINA mode, when activated, continuously evaluates the remaining standby time, which can vary depending on how you use your device. STAMINA mode is more effective in lengthening the standby time if you keep the screen of your device locked. If you rarely lock the screen, you may not see much improvement in battery performance. When you use your device for the first time, the estimated standby time may not be accurate since there is no previous usage history to estimate from. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F75634BA-0777-4510-B021-E7A5AF6EAB76 Viewing the estimated standby time From Lotus & Nypon JB update; add this info due to CS request. 1 Tan Nellie Released*
To view the estimated standby time 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AEFF9658-539B-41D1-83FF-9BA660166F47 To view the standby time From Lotus & Nypon JB update 1 Tan Nellie Released Using Low battery mode You can activate the Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label] feature to save power when the battery level is low. This feature helps you to adjust the settings for screen brightness, data traffic and the vibrate function so that you can reduce battery consumption. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9276E04F-3CB5-4764-BA73-5B99161CBEBD Using Low battery mode From Togari; text changed; only change the description in the 1st sentence. 2 Tan Nellie Draft To activate Low battery mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] . ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-OFF next to Low battery mode [pow-
3 Tap er_save_mode_label] , then tap Activate [activate_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E2DBA1A1-C68E-471F-982B-14BCBB074753 To activate Low battery mode for Odin & Yuga 1 Gan Lu Released 20 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To deactivate Low battery mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] . ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-ON next to Low battery mode [pow-
3 Tap er_save_mode_label] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E22485F8-EBCA-44F5-93F5-F9C449CC7A23 To deactivate the Low battery mode for Odin & Yuga 1 Gan Lu Released To change the settings for Low battery mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] . 3 To open the settings menu, tap Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label] . 4 Adjust the settings as desired. 5 When you're finished, tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DC6395BB-6010-4667-9E56-6E99F8E0DACC To change the settings for Low battery mode for Odin & Yuga 1 Gan Lu Released ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK. Using the touchscreen Indexterm: "screen"
Sub-indexterm: "glass"
Sub-indexterm: "cracked"
Sub-indexterm: "warranty"
Indexterm: "protective plastic sheet"
A protective plastic sheet is attached to the screen of your phone when you buy it. You should peel off this sheet before using the touchscreen. Otherwise, the touchscreen might not function properly. When your phone is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens to save battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions on the touchscreen when you are not using it. You can also set personal locks to protect your subscription and make sure only you can access your phone content. Your phone screen is made from glass. Do not touch the screen if the glass is cracked or shattered. Avoid trying to repair a damaged screen yourself. Glass screens are sensitive to drops and mechanical shocks. Cases of negligent care are not covered by the Sony warranty service. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D59D1053-4072-417B-BFE8-E3918A3A263F Using the touch screen From Nozomi and Aoba: added Sony brand condition 8 VikkiL Released*
To open or highlight an item Tap the item. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Marking options Indexterm: "marking options"
GUID-4B6D2343-E130-4C7B-8ED3-DC492017558B To open or highlight an item esheep - Rachael. Valid for eDream 3.0. 1 CarlosG Released 21 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Marked checkbox Unmarked checkbox Switched on Switched off ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SEM C-
BTN-
CHE CK-
ON ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SEM C-
BTN-
CHE CK-
OFF ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
LAGA N-
SWIT CH-
ON ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
LAGA N-
SWIT CH-
OFF GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-05D9C0FB-AA3E-412D-98C4-9A9546F74EE9 Marking options 1 JorgenL Released To mark or unmark options Tap the relevant checkbox or the switch beside the option name. GUID-A9C9B443-B48A-4567-9DC1-3C16D7F1316C GUID To mark or unmark options Title For Tsubasa html User guide. Moved table to a separate reference topic to Changes adjust bad table output. 8.1.1 JorgenL Released Version Author Status Zooming The zoom options available depend on the application you are using. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D1209E7D-44CB-4C13-A974-59E329DA156B Zooming From eDream6.0: updated as per editorial comments 3 VikkiL Released 22 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To zoom When available, tap ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ZOOM-UP-NORMAL or ID: ICN-
SONY-BTN-ZOOM-DOWN-NORMAL to zoom in or out. You may have to drag the screen (in any direction) to make the zoom icons appear. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A9D127B5-9544-4829-A1DD-FBF2FE84EAA0 To zoom esheep - Rachael 1 CarlosG Released*
To zoom with two fingers ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-PINCH Place two fingers on the screen at once and pinch them together (to zoom out) or spread them apart (to zoom in). Use the zoom function when viewing photos and maps, or when browsing the web. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AF988EC9-7FA1-48DD-917B-95A95C0F86CE To zoom with two fingers From eD4.0: added the condition to remove the note for startup guide 3 VikkiL Released*
Scrolling Scroll by moving your finger up or down on the screen. On some web pages you can also scroll to the sides. Dragging or flicking will not activate anything on the screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3E94DC18-4F0D-4A82-AC50-1175DBD96056 Scrolling From Teacake new tone of voice Valid for eDream 3.0 2 VikkiL Released 23 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To scroll ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-SCROLL Drag or flick your finger in the direction you want to scroll on the screen. To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on the screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To flick GUID-589997EB-983E-4E86-832D-75437CC06999 To scroll from eD4.0: removed the note for Startup guide 5 VikkiL Released ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-FLICK To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on the screen. You can wait for the scrolling movement to stop by itself, or you can stop it immediately by tapping the screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9D531CF3-373B-4C29-A83F-1DD9FFD3ED62 To flick Valid for eDream 3.0 Updated that you can flick in any direction. Not just up and down. 2 VikkiL Released Sensors Your device has sensors that detect both light and proximity. The light sensor detects the ambient light level and adjusts the brightness of the screen accordingly. The proximity sensor turns the touch screen off during voice calls when your ear is close 24 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. to the screen. This prevents you from unintentionally activating other functions on your device when you are engaged in a call. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CF3F851C-41A7-4353-9B04-8F57E6BA8251 Sensors Term change for Odin/Yuga 5 Aiping Released*
Using the lockscreen On the lockscreen, you can play tracks, take photos and record videos without unlocking the screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7F914249-507B-4361-A5EA-BF223E1297D2 Using the lockscreen Device term change 2 PengLeon Released To take a photo from the lockscreen ID: ILL-SONY-ACTIVATE-CAMERA-ON-LOCKSCREEN 1 To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
POWER-K90. 2 To activate the camera controls, drag CAMERA to the left across the screen. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-CAP-MODE-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-LOCKSCREEN-
GUID-981E3E0B-ED63-40BC-9450-82D67F92A373 To take a photo from the lockscreen Valid for Huashan (only changed the position of illustration according to Jor-
gen comments) 2 PengLeon Released To play an audio track from the lockscreen ID: ILL-SONY-ACTIVATE-MUSIC-PLAYER-ON-LOCKSCREEN 1 To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
POWER-K90. 2 To display the music player controls, drag ID: ICN-SONY-LOCKSCREEN-
MUSIC-PLAYER to the right across the screen. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. GUID-C213F36C-06E8-4172-B07A-EA59A7ED5ABA To play an audio track from the lockscreen Valid from Huashan (only illustration position changed according ot Jorgen comments) 3 PengLeon Released 25 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. 3 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 3 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status This is a draft publication for internal use only. To pause an audio track from the lockscreen 1 To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
2 When the music player controls appear, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-
POWER-K90. PAUSE-NORMAL. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3B168A06-AFA8-4D87-8CBE-55C4F4C6B867 To pause a playing track from the lockscreen From ICS update: added another way of activating the screen 2 VikkiL Released To change the currently playing audio track from the lockscreen 1 To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
POWER-K90. 2 When the music player controls appear, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-
PREVIOUS-NORMAL or ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-NEXT-NORMAL. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-278C3FC9-2E03-46AC-9E1F-8F2671CBBC73 To change audio tracks from the lockscreen For ICS update: added one more way of activating the screen 2 VikkiL Released Home screen Indexterm: "Home screen"
Indexterm: "extensions"
Your phone Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] is the equivalent of the desktop on a computer. It's your gateway to the main features in your phone. You can customise your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] with widgets, shortcuts, folders, themes, wallpaper and other items. The Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] extends beyond the regular screen display width, so you need to flick left or right to view content in one of the screen's four extensions. Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] you are in. ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-PAGINATION shows which part of the ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-HOMESCREEN The items in the bar at the bottom of the screen are always available for quick access. GUID Title GUID-8EB25E2F-8807-407D-B459-A8E350B6D7D8 Home screen 26 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status From eDream 4.0 all products: added text about 4-corner UI with condition
"UI size"
7 VikkiL Released*
To go to the Home screen Press GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME. GUID-05D1C81E-123C-471F-BD70-D65BF2E49B8A To go to the Home screen Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. 1 VikkiL Released To browse the Home screen Flick right or left. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A5C4ECEC-DED9-4FCB-B023-22DEA2CF2F2C To browse the Home screen Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. Changed heading from "To view the extended Home screen" to "To browse the Home screen"
4 VikkiL Released To share an item from your Home screen 1 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME to open your Home screen [home-
screen_strings_application_name_txt] . 2 Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the item to ID: ICN-SONY-DETAIL-SHARE-NORMAL. 3 Select an option and confirm, if necessary. You can now share the applications and widgets you like with your friends so they can download and use them. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Widgets GUID-55FD963B-6AF2-4FC0-BA37-51D2AD4727A8 To share an item from your Home screen 1 VikkiL Released*
Indexterm: "widgets"
Widgets are small applications that you can use directly on your Home screen [home-
screen_strings_application_name_txt] . For example, the WALKMAN widget allows you to start playing music directly. Some widgets are resizable, so you can expand them to view more content or shrink them to save space on your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-31FA03AF-3EA8-4F67-997F-72FC7043FC88 Widgets For Taoshan: change music player widget to walkman widget 10 WangT Released To add a widget to the Home screen 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Add [home_menu_add_txt] > Widgets [home_option_add_widget_txt] . 3 Tap a widget. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7AA3E1DD-C7DD-47D2-8DB4-4BB05D9E7686 To add a widget to the Home screen From 4.0.1 Urushi: Updated labels in the topic 7 VikkiL Released*
27 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To resize a widget Indexterm: "widgets"
Sub-indexterm: "resizing"
1 Touch and hold a widget until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then release the widget. If the widget can be resized, for example, the Calendar widget, then a highlighted frame and resizing dots appear. 2 Drag the dots inward or outward to shrink or expand the widget. 3 To confirm the new size of the widget, tap anywhere on the Home screen [home-
screen_strings_application_name_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-379CF5F0-A8C7-4D6F-A96C-9D06316E050B To resize a widget For Mint Amy. Added an example of resizable widget in step 1 as commen-
ted by ATT. 3 Xiaxin Li Released*
To get an overview of all widgets on your Home screen Pinch on any area of your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] . All widgets from different parts of your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] are now displayed in one view. When all Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] widgets are combined in one view, tap on any widget to go to the part of the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] containing that widget. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-172CC58A-1942-4B8C-BD9E-816B85EA3BAA To get an overview of the widgets on all Home screens From eDream 4.0: as per X-team comments 2 VikkiL Released Rearranging your Home screen Indexterm: "Home screen"
Sub-indexterm: "customising"
Customise the appearance of your Home screen and change the features that you can access from it. Change the screen background, move items around, create folders, and add shortcuts to contacts. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F0E2EDDE-9A6D-4354-BCE5-D2FFE325FC77 Rearranging your Home screen From eDream4.0: added UI size condition 2 VikkiL Released*
To open the options menu of your Home screen You can open the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] options menu in two ways:
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU. Touch and hold on any part of your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-006FEB36-CD2E-4B2A-B429-E6FF72753075 To open the options menu of your Home screen 1 VikkiL Released*
28 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To add a shortcut to the Home screen 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Add [home_menu_add_txt] > Shortcuts [home_option_add_shortcut_txt] . 3 Find and select a shortcut. Add an application shortcut directly from the Application screen by touching and holding the application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-846B78FE-AD6C-47FE-9BF8-715A3CBB7B61 To add a shortcut to the Home screen From 4.0.1 Urushi: updated labels 2 VikkiL Released*
To move an item on the Home screen 1 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME to open your Home screen [home-
screen_strings_application_name_txt] . 2 Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the item to the new location. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E0065909-6DCC-4137-BC73-976CB447E526 To move an item on the Home screen from edream4.0: moved the tip to "To add a folder to your home screen"
2 VikkiL Released*
To delete an item from the Home screen Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the item to ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B9D51246-2767-4FC7-B6A9-7F3A98343A35 To delete an item on the Home screen Created for eDream3.0 1 VikkiL Released*
To add a folder to the Home screen 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Add [home_menu_add_txt] > Folder [home_option_add_folder_txt] . 3 Enter a name for the folder and tap Done [gui_done_txt] . Drag and drop an item on top of another item on your Home screen to create a folder automatically. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B4485B5D-75F7-46E8-A35F-7833E55CF1DC To create a folder on the Home screen From 4.0.1 SZ and UG for coming products: functional change on folder cre-
ation on HS 6 VikkiL Released*
To add items to a folder Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the item to the folder. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-59731CD1-AB4A-40AE-BCCC-5D64928E2B5E To add items to a folder Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. Updated instruction text so it says
"item" instead of "application icon" to make more generic and align with the heading. 2 VikkiL Released*
29 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To rename a folder 1 Tap the folder to open it. 2 Touch the folder's title bar to show the Folder name [home_folder_dialog_folder_name_txt]
field. 3 Enter the new folder name and tap Done [gui_done_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D78DB4F3-D3D1-495D-B904-21104B8F19CA To rename a folder From 4.0.1 Urushi: updated labels 4 VikkiL Released*
Changing the background of your Home screen Indexterm: "animated wallpaper"
Indexterm: "live wallpaper"
Indexterm: "wallpaper"
Indexterm: "themes"
Adapt the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] to your own style using wallpapers and different themes. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ABAA5C9B-0C1F-41EE-8456-EDAF70D2BB98 Changing the background of your Home screen From eDr4.0.1.1: changed index term from "theme" to "themes"
5 VikkiL Released To change your Home screen wallpaper 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Wallpaper [home_menu_wallpaper_txt] , then select a wallpaper. You can use a photo you have taken, or an animation. Go to Google Play and other sources to download, for example, live wallpapers that change with the changing hours of the day. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To set a theme GUID-19E276DF-4D6A-44AF-8D86-5CAAFFD4BFDD To change your Home screen wallpaper change Android Market to Google Play based on legal requirement 7.1.1 WangT Released 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Theme [home_menu_theme_txt] , then select a theme. When you change a theme, the background also changes in some applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-506DA76F-B990-4363-A85D-2F100F4C36A7 To set a theme From eDream4.0.1 Urushi: Changing theme is applicable and affects more than just Home screen - so update the topic accordingly 3 VikkiL Released*
Accessing and using applications Open applications from shortcuts on your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] or from the Application screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-935DE265-ADC5-4C4D-8BD5-D097758DA59C Accessing and using applications Created for eDream3.0 1 VikkiL Released 30 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Application screen Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "screen"
The Application screen, which you open from your Home screen [homescreen_strings_applica-
tion_name_txt] , contains the applications that come pre-installed on your device as well as the applications you download. The Application screen extends beyond the regular screen width, so you need to flick left and right to view all content. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F02CAFC3-E592-4B0D-AA00-E5631B4A9301 Application screen Device Term Change 3 XuCindy Released To open the Application screen ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-APPLICATIONS-SCREEN From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. GUID-A798DDA3-C3C7-49D5-975F-0D42DA2CB916 To open the Application screen Valid from eDream3.0. Index term removed. 3 WangT Released To browse the Application screen From the Application screen, flick right or left. GUID Title Changes GUID-76BB630C-11CA-44CF-A042-92465E3899FA To browse the application screens The content is same as version 3. Just changed "application" to "Applica-
tion". 4 WangHerman Released To create a shortcut to an application on the Home screen 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Touch and hold an application icon until the screen vibrates, then drag the icon to the top of the screen. The Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] opens. 3 Drag the icon to the desired location on the Home screen [homescreen_strings_applica-
tion_name_txt] , then release your finger. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1CB2F7C4-2E83-4EAB-AFFB-0957648C639D To create a shortcut to an application on the Home screen Updated from version 3. Step 2 description changes because of Odin and Yuga's UI changes. 4 Vera Qu Released*
31 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Version Author Status This is a draft publication for internal use only. To share an application from your Application screen 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Share [share] . All applications which can be shared are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APP-SHARE . 3 Tap the application that you want to share, then select an option and confirm, if necessary. A link to a download of the application is sent to the people you have selected. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3626E628-C31A-4C0E-BCEC-07EB17CF2C3F To share an application from your Application screen Updated from version1. Step 2 changes due to UI's change for Odin and Yu-
ga. 2 Vera Qu Released*
Opening and closing applications GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C41A794C-3079-4816-A08C-45D4DBEC5234 Opening and closing applications Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. 1 VikkiL Released To open an application From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] or the Application screen, tap the application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A38931CB-ACFB-42B2-B95E-852ABB09E511 To open an application Created for eDream3.0 1 VikkiL Released To close an application Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK. Some applications are paused when you press while other applications may continue to run in the background. In the first case, the next time you open the application, you can continue where you left off. Remember that some applications may cause data connection charges when they are running in the background, for example, social networking services. ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME to exit, GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-370B9F32-5544-4DA2-8DF2-414E9A7F69BA To close an application From eDream6.0: added text about data usage for paused applications 2 VikkiL Released Recently used applications window Indexterm: "recently used applications window"
You can switch between recently used applications from this window. You can also open small apps. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4E475135-9A16-4587-AB71-F73F430BE6A9 Recently used applications window From Blue 1.0: text changes made - added description about small apps 2 VikkiL Released To open the recently used applications window Press GUID Title Changes ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-RECENT-APPS . GUID-A60AC121-B7D1-4A48-859B-F8CA4DC4C077 To open the recently used applications window writing style update - delete the last sentence based on minimalism 32 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 5 WangT Released*
Using small apps From the recently used applications window, you can get quick access to several small apps at any time using the small apps bar. A small app only takes up a small area of your screen. So you can interact with a small app and another application at the same time on the same screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2764F528-7A9A-401F-8523-DBB180E8235A Using small apps 1 VikkiL Released*
To open the small apps bar Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-RECENT-APPS. The small apps bar appears at the bottom of the screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C4580F48-66EB-4E34-AB54-977834E6926B To open the small apps bar For nxtstp UG 4 JorgenL Draft To open a small app RECENT-APPS . 1 To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-
2 Tap the small app that you want to open. A small app window appears. GUID Title Changes GUID-53383553-C8C3-4EA0-8F4E-DA9CB7757BAE To open a small app update for FAQ: add a condition for icon issue; add a small app bar image due to ed comments (no effect for UG); no other change 2 Vera Qu Released*
Version Author Status To close a small app Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-CLOSE-NORMAL on the small app window. GUID-99100D9A-1CCC-4DD4-ABC8-2B58F09F39AE To close a small app 1 VikkiL Released To move a small app When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the small app, then move it to the desired location. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID Title Changes Version GUID-E71EDE79-D34F-41C1-9300-ABE639400C0F To move a small app Updated from version 2. Change the icon to "the name field of the small app"
for Odin & Yuga. 3 Vera Qu Released To minimise a small app When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the small app, then drag it to the right edge or to the bottom edge of the screen. GUID-3FA301BE-1DE5-4200-A944-FD66851191D2 To minimise a small app Updated from version 2. Change the icon to "the name field of the small app"
for Odin & Yuga. 3 33 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status Vera Qu Released To rearrange your small apps 1 To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-
2 Touch and hold a small app and drag it to the desired position in the small RECENT-APPS. apps bar. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3830D3E3-63FD-4C72-A393-E6F5E8D58EA5 To arrange your small apps 1 VikkiL Released*
To remove a small app from the small apps bar 1 To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-
RECENT-APPS. 2 Touch and hold a small app icon and drag it away from the small apps bar. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BF1EE6E5-D398-49CC-89A9-CCE7426CFF47 To remove a small app from the recently used applications window 1 VikkiL Released*
To restore a previously removed small app 1 To make the small apps bar appear, press RECENT-APPS. ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-
2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD > Installed small apps [dialog_add_app_installed_ti-
tle] . 3 Select the small app that you want to restore. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 VikkiL Released*
GUID-1B077C5F-3405-4E30-BC25-453CECB522D9 To restore a previously removed small app To download a small app 1 To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-
2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD >
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MARKET-
3 Find a small app that you want to download, then follow the instructions to RECENT-APPS. PLACE. complete the installation. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AE4A69D2-7CB5-44EF-BF20-90B0B35793CB To download a small app from Play Store 1 VikkiL Released*
Application menu You can open a menu at any time when you are using an application. The menu will look different depending on which application you are using. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7ECF296C-1511-432D-A846-7C99F6F65764 Application menu From Blue: for phones without the menu key - no text change and removed the illustration only 2 VikkiL Released 34 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To open a menu in an application While using the application, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. A menu is not available in all applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C5E4E280-0AA6-4076-B7F6-8777FD219744 To open a menu in an application From Shakira 1 AnnE Released*
Rearranging your Application screen Move the applications around on the Application screen according to your preferences. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3809890F-C0C3-438A-BA16-A3C7F978256A Rearranging your Application screen Valid for eDream3.0 1 VikkiL Released To arrange applications on the Application screen Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "arranging"
Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "sorting"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL to go to the Application screen. 2 Tap the drop-down list on the top left of the screen and select an option. GUID Title Changes GUID-115D9148-D5DC-49BA-8428-A1AD178487AF To arrange your applications on the Application screen Updated from version 6. Step 2 changes for Odin & Yuga because the icon is not be used. 7 Vera Qu Released Version Author Status To move an application on the Application screen 1 Open the Application screen. 2 Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag the item to the new location. You can only move your applications when Own order [home_action_bar_option_free_sort_txt] is selected. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EE508701-3826-449B-BD0F-61BABEEA74C3 To move an application on the Application screen Updated from version 5. Description changes due to UI changes. For Odin &
Yuga. 6 Vera Qu Released To uninstall an application from the Application screen 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Uninstall [uninstall_text] . All uninstallable applications are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-UNINSTALL . 3 Tap the application that you want to uninstall, then tap Uninstall [uninstall_text] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-553D1225-BF53-4ED7-A71D-7D887D7F3D2B To uninstall an application from the Application screen Updated from version 2. Step 2 and step 3 description changes due to Odin
& Yuga's UI changes. 3 Vera Qu Released*
35 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status and notifications Indexterm: "status"
Sub-indexterm: "bar"
Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "light"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "quick settings"
The status bar at the top of your screen shows what's going on in your phone. To the left you get notifications when there is something new or ongoing. For example, new message and calendar notifications appear here. The right side shows the signal strength, battery status, and other information. ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-STATUSBAR The status bar allows you to adjust basic settings on your phone, for example, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, data traffic, and sound. You can also open the settings menu from the Notification panel to change other settings. A notification light also gives you battery status information and some notifications. For example, a flashing blue light means there is a new message or a missed call. The notification light may not work when the battery level is low. ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-NOTIFICATION-LAMP GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-065ACA94-7931-42F2-AEB8-381F304937E1 Status and notifications For Tsubasa html User guide. Fixed bad image view by adding a p tag. 6.1.1 JorgenL Released Checking notifications and ongoing activities Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "panel"
You can drag down the status bar to open the Notification panel and get more information. For example, you can use the panel to open a new message or view a calendar event. You can also open some applications that run in the background, such as the music player. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-50D94BC7-3149-444A-88A6-86D400E5A76B Checking notifications and ongoing activities Changed "running applications" to "some applications that run in the back-
ground" according to TID's comments 4 PengLeon Released 36 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To open the Notification panel ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-NOTIFICATION-PANEL Drag the status bar downwards. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8560FF8D-B09C-4CDE-9A2D-79856DE785EC To open the Notifications panel From Robyn - Removed the tip 2 KomalL Released To close the Notification panel ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-NOTIFICATION-PANEL-CLOSE Drag the tab at the bottom of the Notification panel upwards. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-91179B0D-7B4D-48B3-B591-10D1868C3561 To close the Notification panel Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. 3 VikkiL Released To open a running application from the Notification panel Tap the icon for the running application to open it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1CC3ECCB-2344-4CC1-8764-29BD69172A3D To open a running application from the Notification panel ICS update: editorial review comments - minimalism 3 VikkiL Released 37 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To dismiss a notification from the Notification panel Place your finger on a notification and flick left or right. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 VikkiL Released GUID-967CAF72-88E4-4B35-ADD1-2B0EA7CF61A4 To dismiss a notification from the Notification panel To clear the Notification panel From the Notification panel, tap Clear [status_bar_clear_all_button] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DA62F1FF-BE58-4F3B-B236-8F2F85655D4F To clear the Notification panel Valid for Rrobyn/Mimmi (change in label) 2 KomalL Released*
Setting your phone from the Notification panel Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "panel"
Sub-indexterm: "setting"
You can open the settings menu from the Notification panel to adjust basic phone settings. For example, you can turn on Wi-Fi. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-001BB4C3-E0FB-4953-8605-57D48285C63C Setting your device from the Notification panel 1 PengLeon Released*
To open the phone settings menu from the Notification panel ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS . 1 Drag the status bar downwards. 2 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DEDF9332-F8E7-4B61-BF9C-C58055553DBA To open settings menu from the notification panel Valid from Mint (only Step 1 added) 3 PengLeon Released*
To adjust sound settings from the Notification panel ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-SPEAKERPHONE. GUID-379AC15A-BC4F-4496-A74F-090064D224AA To adjust your sound settings from the Notification panel 1 Drag the status bar downwards. 2 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 PengLeon Released To control the Bluetooth function from the Notification panel 1 Drag the status bar downwards. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-DATA-BLUETOOTH. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 PengLeon Released GUID-76B8B30E-0F68-45DE-A79C-2F11B0F0604A To turn on or off the Bluetooth function from the Notification panel 38 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To control the Wi-Fi function from the Notification panel ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4. GUID-0E0F12AA-C120-4B5F-9977-A81FC38FC4D7 To turn on or off Wi-Fi from the Notification panel 1 Drag the status bar downwards. 2 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 PengLeon Released*
To enable or disable data traffic from the Notification panel ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-DATA-TRAFFIC. GUID-2E74E4DD-6C24-4177-9238-032630E89AAF To enable or disable data traffic from the Notification panel 1 Drag the status bar downwards. 2 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 PengLeon Released*
Phone settings menu View and change your phone settings from the Settings menu. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-99D19D2C-0BF8-4893-A15F-7CD052D96170 Phone settings menu Valid for eDream 3.0 1 JessicaL Released*
To access the phone settings 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Typing text GUID-A9F73FEB-FB36-4722-BF69-5ABA7B7B020B To access the phone settings Valid for Rachael/Robyn/Mimmi eDream 2.0. Valid for eDream 3.0. 4 KomalL Released*
Indexterm: "keyboard"
Indexterm: "Phonepad"
Indexterm: "text input method"
Indexterm: "symbols"
Indexterm: "caps lock"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5EF956D7-B1A6-46E3-BE7A-206DBA9DAF00 Typing text - keyboard and keypad Valid from eDream 4.0. 5 RongrongZ Released*
On-screen keyboard Indexterm: "on-screen keyboard"
Tap the keys of the on-screen QWERTY keyboard to enter text conveniently. Some applications open the on-screen keyboard automatically. You can also open this keyboard by touching a text field. GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-047240C9-CBE3-4076-B626-8838F1999489 On-screen keyboard Valid from eDream 4.0. 1 RongrongZ 39 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released Using the on-screen keyboard ID: SCR-10AU-ON-SCREEN-KEYBOARD 1 Change the character case and turn on the caps lock. For some languages, this key is used to access extra characters in the language. 2 Close the on-screen keyboard view. Note that this icon does not appear in portrait mode. 3 Display numbers and symbols. 4 Personalise your keyboard. This key disappears after the keyboard is personalised. 5 Enter a space. 6 Enter a carriage return or confirm text input. 7 Delete a character before the cursor. All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C82BF299-B2B7-4FFE-911E-D0FC3A0B529E Using on-screen keyboard Device term change 8 Gan Lu Released*
To display the on-screen keyboard to enter text Tap a text entry field. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D53410B6-16DD-4BE2-8862-B460B3A8643F To display the keypad/keyboard to enter text Valid from eDream 4.0. Updated condition on keyboard-keypad. 5 RongrongZ Released To hide the on-screen keyboard When the on-screen keyboard is open, tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B60C1834-DDC9-421A-8F96-2E9038A514BE To hide the on-screen keyboard/Phonepad for Odin; change a key 5 Gan Lu Released ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK. 40 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To personalise the on-screen keyboard 1 Open the on-screen keyboard, then tap SETUPGUIDE-WAND-FEEDBACK . ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-
2 Follow the instructions to personalise your on-screen keyboard, for example, mark the Smiley key [textinput_strings_settings_show_smiley] and Gesture input [textinput_strings_set-
tings_trace_input] checkboxes. If you don't mark the Smiley key [textinput_strings_settings_show_smiley] checkbox when you personalise the on-screen keyboard, the smiley icon will not appear. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1833FEDD-7B56-4FD2-B800-187FF06AB7D9 To personalise the keyboard for pollux; add "gesture input" to step 2 3 Gan Lu Draft To use the on-screen keyboard in landscape orientation When you enter text, turn the device sideways. For the keyboard to support this feature, landscape mode must be supported by the application you are using, and your screen orientation settings must be set to automatic. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E3D818B3-9DFF-4DDC-B279-5CD46A966698 To use the on-screen keyboard/keypad in landscape orientation Device Term Change 5 Gan Lu Released To enter text using the on-screen keyboard 1 To enter a character visible on the keyboard, tap the character. 2 To enter a character variant, touch and hold a regular keyboard character to get a list of available options, then select from the list. For example, to enter
"", touch and hold "e" until other options appear, then, while keeping your finger pressed on the keyboard, drag to and select "". GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AD062D73-DE09-468F-8DCB-3F17D5A83CE9 To enter text using the on-screen keyboard Valid from eDream 4.0. Specified for on-screen keyboard. 3 RongrongZ Released To shift between upper-case and lower-case letters Before you enter a letter, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-FEEDBACK ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-CAPS-
to switch to upper-case FEEDBACK, or vice versa. GUID-E5ADF539-526B-4CA6-BFB2-F17AECB73C5A To shift between upper-case and lower-case letters Updated as per FG comment. Valid for all eDream 2.1 products 3 JuliaZ Released To turn on the caps lock Before you type a word, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-FEEDBACK ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-CAPS-FEEDBACK until or SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-CAPS-LOCK-FEEDBACK appears. ID: ICN-
GUID-CA02935F-2636-481C-8064-DC00F523D22D To turn on the Caps lock Updated as per FG review comments. Valid for all eDream 2.1 products 3 JuliaZ Released*
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 41 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To enter numbers or symbols When you enter text, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS. A keyboard with numbers and symbols appears. Tap TEXTINPUT-SYMBOL-PAGES to view more options. ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-829C61AB-3536-4122-80EF-E4D3C174FE52 To enter numbers or symbols using the keyboard/keypad Valid from eDream4.0. Added the page icon info. 2 RongrongZ Released To enter common punctuation marks 1 When you finish entering a word, tap the space bar. 2 Select a punctuation mark from the candidate bar. The selected mark is inserted before the space. To quickly enter a full stop, tap the space bar twice when you finish entering a word. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6589FC1E-1265-4100-93E5-7006D5DD1E0E To enter common punctuations Valid from eDream 6.0. 1 RongrongZ Released To delete characters Tap to place the cursor after the character you want to delete, then tap ID:
ICN-SONY-DELETE-PHONE-NUMBER-BLK. GUID-A3C39984-81D4-419A-9F01-63DC364540FB To delete characters 1 JuliaZ Released To enter a carriage return When you enter text, tap enter a carriage return. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-LIGHT-ENTER to GUID-83E45AEE-6F56-4817-8260-CE9E7E139097 To turn to the next line in text Valid for eDream 3.0 1 RongrongZ Released 1 Enter some text, then tap and hold the text. The word you tap gets highlighted To select text by tabs on both sides. 2 Drag the tabs left or right to select more text. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AE2DF08C-CE44-4038-A35A-347DBD2C5903 To select text for Nanhu; change "double-tap" to "tap and hold"
5 Gan Lu Released To edit text in landscape orientation 1 Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text. 2 Select the text you want to work with, then tap Edit... [extract_edit_menu_button] and select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E5B2A668-8E68-4FC8-948B-CB0BCFA0F634 To edit text in landscape orientation For Aoba Amy. Removed the note per editorial comment. 3.1.1 QianWang Released 42 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To edit text in portrait orientation 1 Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text to make the application bar 2 Select the text you want to edit, then use the application bar to make your appear. desired changes. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-570FACF3-512A-4631-82C7-DE1CC414CE8C To edit text in portrait orientation For Aoba Amy ICS. Removed the note per editor's comment 3.1.1 QianWang Released Application bar ID: SCR-11ICS-TOOLBAR-EDITTEXT 1 2 3 4 5 Close the application bar Select all text Cut text Copy text Paste text ID: ICN-SONY-MAGNIFIER-PASTE only appears when you have text stored on the clipboard. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3773B154-CF41-471F-9469-DC7CD5560CCB Application bar 1 Vera Qu Released*
Using the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] function to write words Indexterm: "gesture input"
You can input text by sliding your finger from letter to letter on the on-screen keyboard. Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] is only available when you use the on-screen keyboard. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0D50805D-88A7-417D-BF39-293347812DD9 Gesture input Device Term Change 4 Gan Lu Released*
43 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To enter text using the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] function 1 When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, slide your finger from letter to letter to trace the word you want to write. 2 Lift up your finger when youve finished entering a word. A word is suggested based on the letters you have traced. If necessary, select the correct word in the candidate bar. 3 To view more options, scroll right or left in the word candidate bar. If you cannot find the desired word, tap NUMBER-BLK once to delete the entire word. Then try again to trace the word using the Gesture input function, or tap each letter to enter the word. ID: ICN-SONY-DELETE-PHONE-
4 If the Space between gestures [textinput_strings_settings_trace_auto_accept] setting is activated, trace the next word that you want to enter. If not, tap the space bar and then trace the next word you want to enter. To enter joined compound words when the Space between gestures [textinput_strings_settings_trace_au-
to_accept] setting is activated, you may need to slide to enter the first part of the word, then tap each letter to enter the rest of the word. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-70F1F614-D699-4D32-98AF-4E0CBE268385 To enter text using the Gesture input function Device Term Change 5 Gan Lu Released To change the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] settings 1 When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textin-
put_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] . 3 Tap Text input settings [textinput_strings_settings_quick_text] . 4 Mark or unmark the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] checkbox. 5 If you want to automatically add a space between gestures without having to tap the space bar each time, mark the Space between gestures [textinput_strings_set-
tings_trace_auto_accept] checkbox. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Phonepad GUID-3C41CA62-030A-483B-8C09-E1CB01CAF541 To change the Gesture input settings Valid for Nozomi ICS; text changes made; operation steps changed 4 WangT Released*
Indexterm: "Phonepad"
The Phonepad is similar to a standard 12-key telephone keypad. It gives you predictive text and multi-tap input options. You can activate the Phonepad text input method via the keyboard settings. The Phonepad is only available in portrait orientation. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9D94BF81-E127-4971-B769-92AF75781DAE Phonepad Valid from eDream 4.0. 1 RongrongZ Released 44 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Using the Phonepad ID: SCR-11-PHONEPAD-OVERVIEW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Choose a text input option Change the character case and turn on the caps lock Display numbers Display symbols and smileys Enter a space Enter a carriage return or confirm text input Delete a character before the cursor All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CF8AE6C3-3225-46D4-8632-18F2F4FD71EF Using the Phonepad Device Term Change 5 Gan Lu Released To open the Phonepad for the first time 1 Tap a text entry field, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-
SYMBOLS. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textin-
put_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] . 3 Tap Keyboard appearance [textinput_strings_settings_keyboard_appearance] > Keyboard layout
[textinput_strings_settings_keyboard_layout_title] . 4 Select the Phonepad. The Phonepad can only be used in portrait mode. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-63194001-9DA2-43FD-98FC-B549C9D81580 To open the Phonepad for the first time Valid for Hikari: change an icon on step 1 4 Gan Lu Released*
45 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To enter text using the Phonepad When ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-PHONEPAD-SINGLETAP-ON appears in the Phonepad, tap each character key only once, even if the letter you want is not the first letter on the key. Tap the word that appears or tap ID: ICN-SONY-
TEXT-INPUT-PREDICTION-ARROW-RIGHT to view more word suggestions and select a word from the list. ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-PHONEPAD-SINGLETAP-OFF appears in the Phonepad, tap the on-screen key for the character you want to enter. Keep pressing this key until the desired character is selected. Then do the same for the next character you want to enter, and so on. When GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-25EC71FC-8474-4FEB-99F5-ED0485C15922 To enter text using the on-screen keypad Remove incorrect usage of the context tag 2 RongrongZ Released To enter numbers using the Phonepad When the Phonepad is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-
HORIZONTAL. A Phonepad with numbers appears. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-99C92908-9500-4C3A-B3C1-FDC17779AE84 To enter numbers using the virtual keypad/keyboard Valid from eDream4.0 Smultron. On-screen keypad. 4 RongrongZ Released To insert symbols and smileys using the Phonepad 1 When the Phonepad is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-PHONEPAD-
SYM-SMILEY. A grid with symbols and smileys appears. 2 Scroll up or down to view more options. Tap a symbol or smiley to select it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A9123BFE-979A-40FB-9E68-904BDE6FF860 To insert symbols and smileys using the keypad Valid from eDream4.0 Smultron - On-screen keypad. 2 RongrongZ Released*
Keyboard and Phonepad settings Indexterm: "keyboard"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "language"
Sub-indexterm: "writing"
You can select settings for the on-screen keyboard and the Phonepad, such as writing language and automatic correction. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3F81FB45-0DDC-4DE9-A7C4-8028057256A6 Keyboard/keypad settings Valid from eDream 4.0. 2 RongrongZ Released*
To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings 1 When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textin-
ID:
put_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5AA8DA1C-44F4-4634-AF38-A2945CA7C238 To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings Valid for Nozomi ICS; operation steps changes; text changes made 4 WangT Released*
46 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To add a writing language for text input 1 When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL . 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS , then tap Keyboard settings [textin-
ID:
put_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] . 3 Tap Languages [textinput_strings_settings_language_options] > Writing languages [textinput_strings_set-
tings_language] and mark the relevant checkboxes. Tap OK [button_ok] to confirm. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5EBAE597-1B8B-43E5-95D0-C1C8ABC27F9C To add a writing language to the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad for Nicki SS; change a label only; no text change 13.1.1 Gan Lu Draft Text input settings When entering text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, you can access a text input settings menu that helps you set options for text prediction, automatic spacing and quick fixes. For example, you can decide how word options are presented and how words get corrected as you type. You can also set the text input application to remember new words that you write. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2FCD6D60-C03C-4055-90C7-97DC630B64B0 Text input settings Device term change 5 Gan Lu Released To change the text input settings 1 When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL. ID: ICN-SONY-
2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textin-
put_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] > Text input settings [textinput_strings_settings_quick_text]
and select the relevant settings. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B505E8A0-AD82-4568-90AD-EC857B2CCDB0 To change text input settings for Hayabusa; add an icon on step 2 5 Gan Lu Released*
Entering text using voice input Indexterm: "voice input"
Indexterm: "voice recognition"
When you enter text, you can use the voice input function instead of typing the words. Just speak the words that you want to enter. Voice input is an experimental technology from Google, and is available for a number of languages and regions. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3948A877-17B6-4759-9BFC-0EFCA283BC8B Entering text using voice input for Taoshan; remove the note 2 Gan Lu Released 47 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To enable voice input 1 When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL . ID: ICN-SONY-
2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS , then tap Keyboard settings [textin-
put_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] . 3 Mark the Google voice typing key [textinput_strings_settings_voice_input_start_from_keyboard]
checkbox. 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK to save your settings. A microphone icon ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-ONLY appears on your on-screen keyboard or Phonepad. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-60824615-DA86-4535-89BA-E47AAEC235A1 To enable voice input update for FAQs: add a conditon for icon; no other changes;
3.1.1 Vera Qu Released To enter text using voice input 1 Open the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad. 2 If ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-ONLY is available, tap it. If not, touch and hold the input language key, for example, LANG-MIC. ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-
3 When ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-CIRCLE appears, speak to enter ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-CIRCLE text. When you're finished, tap again. The suggested text appears. 4 Edit the text manually if necessary. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4D762661-CFA9-4D74-9134-B58D18FEECFC To enter text using voice input for Taoshan; remove step 1 5 Gan Lu Released*
Customising your device You can adjust several device settings to suit your own needs. For example, you can change the language, add a personal ringtone, or change the screen brightness. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D9CF5557-AC85-4B4C-BEF7-A7B1BF31128F Customising your phone Device Term Change 2 LisaY Released*
Adjusting the volume Indexterm: "volume"
Sub-indexterm: "key"
Indexterm: "silent mode"
You can adjust the ringtone volume for incoming calls and notifications as well as for music and video playback. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-96B4FB24-5A76-42F9-9F7C-3804DF486237 Adjusting the volume Device Term Change from Odin 2 LisaY Released*
To adjust the ring volume with the volume key Press the volume key up or down. GUID Title Changes Version GUID-56F76480-7BEC-4AEA-A7A0-D5C62695A7F4 To adjust the ring volume with the volume key Valid for Robyn & Mimmi. Valid for eDream 3.0. 2 48 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status KomalL Released To adjust the media playing volume with the volume key When playing music or watching video, press the volume key up or down. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B0DBCBEE-A5CE-42D1-A138-9B6E57FA84B9 To adjust the media playing volume with the volume keys Valid for Android Rachael. Valid for eDream 3.0. 1 SophieJ Released Adjusting the sound settings You can adjust several sound settings. For example, you can set your device to silent mode so that it doesn't ring when you're in a meeting. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F97936DD-6D15-45A6-B517-7635755366D5 Adjusting the sound settings Device Term Change 2 LisaY Released*
To set your device to vibrate mode Press the volume key down until ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-VIBRATE-ON appears in the status bar. You can also press and hold down the power key and then tap device to vibrate mode. ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-VIBRATE-ON in the menu that opens to set your ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3030B405-90E5-45F2-A0F7-30F1B3C9937D To set the phone to vibrate mode Device Term Change and steps change for Odin 3 LisaY Released To set your device to silent mode 1 Press the volume key down until the device vibrates and ID: ICN-SONY-
STATUSBAR-VIBRATE-ON appears in the status bar. 2 Press the volume key down again. ID: ICN-SONY-ICS-SOUND-SILENCT appears in the status bar. You can also press and hold down the power key and then tap device to silent mode. ID: ICN-SONY-ICS-SOUND-SILENCT in the menu that opens to set your ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DFB6F5BB-15B2-49A2-B023-828A4852DD0A To set the phone to silent and vibrating mode steps change for huashan 11 LisaY Released*
To set your device to vibrate and ring mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] . 3 Mark the Vibrate when ringing [vibrate_when_ringing_title] checkbox. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-238E06D2-6988-439A-8711-90ED73016194 To set the phone to vibrate and ring mode Device Term Change and one label name change 2 LisaY Released 49 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Time and date Indexterm: "time"
Indexterm: "date"
Sub-indexterm: "format"
You can change the time and date on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D9FE3D48-1528-4315-BFF7-BFB227CAB4C0 Time and date Device Term Change 2 LisaY Released To set the date manually 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Date & time [date_and_time_settings_title] . 3 Unmark the Automatic date & time [date_time_auto] checkbox, if it is marked. 4 Tap Set date [date_time_set_date] . 5 Adjust the date by scrolling up and down. 6 Tap Done [date_time_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-813CD57B-7A26-4E14-BBED-243BEC6F048F To set the date manually only one label changed for Odin 9 LisaY Released*
To set the time manually 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Date & time [date_and_time_settings_title] . 3 Unmark the Automatic date & time [date_time_auto] checkbox if it is marked. 4 Tap Set time [date_time_set_time] . 5 Scroll up or down to adjust the hour and minute. 6 If applicable, scroll up to change am [udoc_trans_set_time_am ] to pm [udoc_trans_set_time_pm ] , or vice versa. 7 Tap Done [date_time_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E9572FB8-BB60-4430-84D8-3F19D899681E To set the time manually only one label changed for Odin 13 LisaY Released*
To set the time zone 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Date & time [date_and_time_settings_title] . 3 Unmark the Automatic time zone [zone_auto] checkbox, if it is marked. 4 Tap Select time zone [date_time_set_timezone] . 5 Select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0C804200-55DD-4779-BB20-7445141EC74C To set the time zone ICS update 5 Xiaxin Li Released*
Ringtone settings Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "ringtone"
Indexterm: "vibration"
GUID GUID-36AE80F9-AAA9-408B-A8AE-5E58014B7377 50 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status To set a ringtone Ringtone settings - heading Valid for Robyn & Mimmi. Valid for eDream 3.0 2 KomalL Released 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] > Phone ringtone [ring-
tone_title] . 3 Select a ringtone. 4 Tap Done [gui_done_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2EB51A75-25CA-45E2-8D75-C0A2C484EC07 To set a phone ringtone Device Term Change 9 LisaY Released To enable touch tones 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] . 3 Mark the Dial pad touch tones [dtmf_tone_enable_title] and Touch sounds [sound_effects_ena-
ble_title] checkboxes. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8D4FF0B8-3A81-46F0-AE74-031B501F394E To enable touch tones update the label Sound 7 Xiaxin Li Released*
To select the notification sound 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] > Default notification
[notification_sound_title] . 3 Select the sound to be played when notifications arrive. 4 Tap Done [gui_done_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Screen settings Indexterm: "brightness"
Indexterm: "screen"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2DC47BDA-6F13-480C-A3C6-10F11ADDE021 To select a notification ringtone for Odin Yuga titile updated according to label changed to "Notification sound"
10 LisaY Released*
GUID-EF960369-662D-46B3-9190-3ACD92FFE448 Screen settings - heading Valid for Robyn. Valid for eDream 3.0. Changed index marker 2 KomalL Released To adjust the screen brightness Indexterm: "LCD backlight control"
51 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Indexterm: "brightness"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Display [display_settings_title] > Brightness [bright-
ness] . 3 Drag the slider to adjust the brightness. 4 Tap OK [ok] . The brightness level affects your battery performance. For tips on how to improve battery performance, see Improving battery performance. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6B929979-C7E3-45FB-85E0-C4A4BB05388A To adjust the screen brightness for Odin Yuga Xperia Care removing the cross reference only no other text change 8.1.1 LisaY Released To set the screen to vibrate 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] . 3 Mark the Vibrate on touch [haptic_feedback_enable_title] checkbox. The screen now vibrates when you tap soft keys and certain applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C6A8795B-B37A-4FD6-8AE9-1CE841DFA98E To set the screen to vibrate update the label Sound 5 Xiaxin Li Released To adjust the idle time before the screen turns off 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Display [display_settings_title] > Sleep [screen_time-
out] . 3 Select an option. To turn off the screen quickly, briefly press the power key POWER-K90. ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-76BAB77B-B3AF-421C-8D41-F7F3D7CEBFA6 To adjust the idle time before the screen turns off ICS update 6 Xiaxin Li Released Language settings Indexterm: "language"
You can select a default language for your device and change it again at a later time. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E1D54EB1-8E02-4EA8-B64D-F1D56D4EF18B Phone language Device Term Change 2 LisaY Released 52 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To change the language 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Language & input [language_settings] >
Language [language_picker_title] . 3 Select an option. 4 Tap OK [button_ok] . If you select the wrong language and cannot read the menu texts, find and tap SONY-APP-SETTINGS. Then select the text beside ID: ICN-SONY-SETTINGS-LANGUAGE and select the first entry in the menu that opens. You can then select the language you want. ID: ICN-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-78FDB03D-5A9A-4DD3-B1EB-554524E573A7 To change the phone language Device Term Change 11 LisaY Released Airplane mode Indexterm: "Airplane mode"
Indexterm: "Flight mode - See Airplane mode"
In Airplane mode, the network and radio transceivers are turned off to prevent disturbance to sensitive equipment. However, you can still play games, listen to music, watch videos and other content, as long as all this content is saved on your memory card or internal storage. You can also be notified by alarms, if alarms are activated. Turning on Airplane mode reduces battery consumption. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4592770A-6B42-477E-9A27-8326386B4FC0 Airplane mode Device Term Change 5 LisaY Released To turn on Airplane mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] . 3 Mark the Airplane mode [airplane_mode] checkbox. You can also press and hold down the power key and then select Airplane mode [airplane_mode] in the menu that opens. ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0D75D33F-E108-41F8-B61A-F27882DA3E55 To turn on Flight mode Device Term Change and rewrite the tip to avoid using the "phone options"
label 10 LisaY Released Enhancing the sound output You can enhance the sound output that comes from the speakers in your device using features such as Clear Phase and xLOUD technology. GUID-91BE04C9-56A8-4A40-A15A-348947A469C8 Enhancing the sound quality GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 LisaY Released 53 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Using Clear Phase technology Use Clear Phase technology from Sony to automatically adjust the sound quality coming from your device's internal speakers and get a cleaner, more natural sound. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-48A17031-9A20-4C8C-9A02-0ACA60316D37 Using Clear Phase technology 1 LisaY Released To enhance the speaker sound quality using Clear Phase 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] . 3 Mark the Clear Phase [udoc_no_trans_clear_phase] checkbox. The activation of the Clear Phase feature has no effect on voice communication applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DA49322A-6A65-4A9F-BCD3-C4E5F450AEDF To enhance the sound quality of the speaker using Clear Phase remove "For example... voice call" in the tip for pollux windy 3 LisaY Released Using xLOUD technology Use xLOUD audio filter technology from Sony to enhance the speaker volume without sacrificing quality. Get a more dynamic sound as you listen to your favourite songs. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9BE06EDA-D4B0-41CC-9562-D89EBDDA4B01 Using xLOUD technology 1 LisaY Released To enhance the speaker volume using xLOUD 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] . 3 Mark the xLOUD [XLOUD] checkbox. The activation of the xLOUD feature has no effect on voice communication applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DADE3E84-AFBD-453C-A218-747C2077F534 To enhance the speaker loudness using xLOUD remove "For example... voice call" in the tip for pollux windy 5 LisaY Released Memory You can save content to your device's internal storage and to a memory card. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-22B2F18B-DFF0-4F4E-9917-D71E95288CE9 Memory From Odin and Yuga: remove application memory; only keep internal memo-
ry and memory card 6 WangT Released 54 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Memory card Your device supports a microSD memory card, which is used for storing content. This type of card can also be used as a portable memory card with other compatible devices. You may have to purchase a memory card separately. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-82618BF1-CEB4-4D17-9849-F6DC73B15314 Memory card For Odin and Yuga: remove the note 5 WangT Released Formatting the memory card You can format the memory card in your device, for example, to free up memory. This means that you erase all data on the card. All content on the memory card gets erased when you format it. Make sure you make backups of everything you want to save before formatting the memory card. To back up your content, you can copy it to your computer. For more information, refer to the chapter Connecting your device to a computer on page 186. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-27E17DFC-86F3-4FAE-AC9E-3C1E0009971A Formatting the memory card Created only for termchange 3 CynthiaH Released Using a headset Indexterm: "headset"
Indexterm: "music"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-HEADPHONES Use the accessories provided with your device, or other compatible accessories, for optimal performance. GUID-2815B6DC-4B35-4D59-AB4C-5200E6AFD31C Stereo portable handsfree Created for termchange only 6 WangT Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To use a headset Indexterm: "headset"
Sub-indexterm: "using"
Indexterm: "music"
55 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "using a headset"
1 Connect the headset to your device. 2 To answer a call, press the call handling key. 3 To end the call, press the call handling key. If a headset is not included with the device, you may purchase one separately. If you are listening to music, the music stops when you answer a call and resumes after you end the call. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-804D9F4A-FDEA-40BE-BC7D-C6C3CE8DF02B To use a handsfree Created for termchange only 6 CynthiaH Released Internet and messaging settings Indexterm: "Internet"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "Internet"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "messaging"
Sub-indexterm: "MMS"
Indexterm: "messages"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "download"
Sub-indexterm: "Internet settings"
To send text and multimedia messages and to access the Internet, you must have a mobile data connection and the correct settings. There are different ways to get these settings:
For most mobile networks and operators, Internet and messaging settings come preinstalled on your device. You can then start using the Internet and send messages right away. In some cases you will get the option to download Internet and messaging settings the first time you turn on your device. It is also possible to download these settings later from the Settings [settings_label_launcher] menu. You can manually add and change Internet and network settings on your device at any time. Contact your network operator for detailed information about Internet and messaging settings. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E108490D-17EF-4989-95D0-DB1F6F93AD07 Internet and messaging settings Update for Term change from phone to device 7 PanL Released To download Internet and messaging settings 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia [sonyericsson_settings_title] > Internet settings [r2r_settings_download_title_txt] . 3 Tap Accept [r2r_strings_cost_button_accept_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-86823E16-0E31-4A88-AD3F-6BAFB84C490E To download Internet and messaging settings added the last step based on v5 for Odin and Yuga 8 MikeCao Released 56 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To reset the default Internet settings 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks [network_set-
tings_title] > Access Point Names [ph_apn_settings] . 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 4 Tap Reset to default [menu_restore] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C806ACFF-830E-4A1B-8232-CA132C88AE40 To reset to the default Internet settings only changed the word press to tap for OdinYuga 7 MikeCao Released Access Point Names (APNs) An APN is used to establish data connections between your device and the Internet. The APN defines which type of IP address to use, which security methods to invoke, and which fixed-end connections to use. Checking the APN is useful when you cannot access the Internet, have no data connection, or cannot send or receive multimedia messages. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-31CA14E0-F62F-48B1-AC9C-5E907E30A153 Access Point Names (APNs) Update for Term Change phone to device 2 PanL Released To view the current APN 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] . 3 Tap Access Point Names [apn_settings] . If you have several available connections, the active network connection is indicated by a marked button. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D3CA1D1D-9D77-409E-B090-A9F34E50E7C4 To view the current Access Point Name (APN) From Mesona; only update the heading to use the acronym because a con-
cept topic about APN is added. 6 Tan Nellie Released To add Internet settings manually 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] > Access Point Names [apn_settings] . 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU . 4 Tap New APN [menu_new] . 5 Tap Name [apn_name] and enter the name of the network profile that you want to create. 6 Tap APN [apn_apn] and enter the access point name. 7 Enter all other information required by your network operator. 8 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Save [menu_save] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-32B23CC9-D90A-4769-AC96-E84045CC67B5 To configure Internet settings manually removed an icon based on v9 for Odin and Yuga 12 MikeCao Released 57 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Controlling data usage Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "data usage"
Indexterm: "data traffic"
Keep track of and control the amount of data transferred to and from your device during a given period. For example, you can set data usage warnings and limits for your device to avoid additional charges. You can also limit the amount of data used by individual applications. Adjusting data usage settings can help you keep greater control over data usage but cannot guarantee the prevention of additional charges. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C0566A1E-7656-4AA0-83CF-B16974F69C4C Optimising data usage Update for Term change from phone to device 3 PanL Released To access data usage settings 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4AA02A5A-A8F4-4BD6-B3B2-4065096178D2 To access data usage settings For Tapioca; For newly added data usage feature 1 Tan Nellie Released To turn data traffic on or off 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] . 3 To turn data traffic on or off, tap the on-off switch beside Mobile data [data_us-
age_enable_mobile] accordingly. You can also turn data traffic on or off by marking or unmarking the Mobile data traffic [data_en-
abled] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks [net-
work_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AF0FB16B-F83D-452C-B097-C0BB9FC06865 To enable mobile data Nypon JB TRS update from version 2 (note added with a condition for UG use only) 3 Aiping Released To set a data usage warning 1 Make sure that you have turned on data traffic. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] . 4 To set the warning level, drag the lines to the desired values. You receive a warning notification when the amount of data traffic approaches the level you set. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E984931A-1304-4ADC-93A5-1CA4FAB17CBE To set a level for data usage warning For Tapioca; for the newly added data usage feature. 1 Tan Nellie Released 58 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To set a data usage limit 1 Make sure that you have turned on data traffic. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] . 4 Mark the Set mobile data limit [data_usage_disable_mobile_limit] checkbox if it is not marked, then tap OK [button_ok] . 5 To set the data usage limit, drag the lines to the desired values. Once your data usage reaches the set limit, data traffic on your device will be turned off automatically. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-387685B1-AC66-41E5-91FD-BAB3268E5AAF To set data usage limit Update for Term change from phone to device 2 PanL Released To control the data usage of individual applications 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] . 3 Find and tap the desired application. 4 Mark the Restrict background data [data_usage_app_restrict_background] checkbox. 5 To access more specific settings for the application, tap View app settings [da-
ta_usage_app_settings] and make the desired changes. Specific settings for an application may not always be accessible. The performance of individual applications may be affected if you change the related data usage settings. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-16A3F307-2E86-443A-A431-7F192F049F2D To change data usage settings by application removed description about changing the "data usage limit" or "restrict all da-
ta traffic" from Taoshan 2 MikeCao Released Mobile network settings Your device automatically switches between mobile networks depending on what mobile networks are available in different areas. You can also manually set your device to use a particular mobile network mode, for example, WCDMA or GSM. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-03604570-8FDB-4743-A698-1DD36415FCED Network settings Update for Term change from phone to device 6 PanL Released*
To select a network type 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] . 3 Tap Network Mode [preferred_network_mode_title] . 4 Select a network type. GUID Title Changes Version GUID-D26F6D09-E741-4272-A36B-876F5D93772A To select network mode For Tapioca DSDS; text changed; change the function-related description in the note 3.1.1 59 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status Tan Nellie Released To select another network manually 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] > Service providers [networks] . 3 Tap Search mode [clh_settings_search_mode] > Manual [clh_settings_manual_selection] . 4 Select a network. If you select a network manually, your device will not search for other networks, even if you move out of range of the manually selected network. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D7ED045F-09E8-437A-B0FA-7F20B36A7B9E To select another network manually Update for Term change from phone to device 10 PanL Released To activate automatic network selection 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] > Service providers [networks] . 3 Tap Search mode [clh_settings_search_mode] > Automatic [select_automatically] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9A348BA0-79C7-43D2-B4D1-CD1673E55076 To activate automatic network selection From Togari; no text changed; only merge the last two step into one step. 7 Tan Nellie Draft Turning off data traffic You can disable all data connections over mobile networks to avoid any unwanted data downloads and synchronisations. Contact your network operator if you need detailed information about your subscription plan and data traffic charges. When data traffic is turned off, you can still use Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connections. You can also send and receive multimedia messages. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-742544F3-883A-46CC-AEB8-A348267E78B6 Turning off data traffic Update for Term change from phone to device 6 PanL Released To turn off all data traffic 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] . 3 Unmark the Mobile data traffic [data_enabled] checkbox. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CC611F89-1392-4026-8612-ED7FF9CE6536 To turn off all data traffic Label changed 5 PengLeon Released 60 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Data roaming Some network operators allow mobile data connections via mobile networks when you are outside of your home network (roaming). Note that data transmission charges may apply. Contact your network operator for more information. Applications may sometimes use the Internet connection in your home network without any notification, for example, when sending search and synchronisation requests. Additional charges may apply when such Internet connections are established while you are roaming. Consult your network operator for more information. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-73201F09-74A4-4501-8A3D-A733BDC1C923 Data roaming Update from Tsubasa Gina LTE network description is rewritten 5 PanL Released To activate data roaming 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] . 3 Mark the Data roaming [roaming] checkbox. You cant activate data roaming when data connections have been deactivated. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C60097AE-0FB1-41C4-B18F-1FA5C7A7B8CC To activate data roaming Add conditions for FAQ 7 Vera Qu Released 61 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Google Play GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C30DF276-0F47-43A3-98AB-5696A071AD32 Google Play - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Getting started with Google Play Open Google Play and enter a world of applications and games. You can browse these applications and games through different categories. You can also rate an application or game and send feedback on it. To use Google Play, you need to have a Google account. See To set up a Google account in your phone on page 96. Google Play may not be available in all countries or regions GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-948C2660-2BA8-4007-BE93-4192F4B8B60A Getting started with Google Play Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards Label updated and plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and no need review 9 WangHerman Released To open Google Play Indexterm: "Android Market - See Google Play"
Indexterm: "Google Play"
1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Play Store [android-market-market] . ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A6466E9C-56BD-433F-BFEC-33CBCD2B6725 To open Google Play Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW 6 Nozomi ICS and on-
wards Index updated only No need review 7 WangHerman Released Downloading from Google Play You can download all kinds of applications from Google Play, including free applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-49F15983-B569-4F3D-925B-068E32B35056 Downloading from Android Market Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW 6.0 STE Nypon Kumquat Pepper Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Play Shop only No text change and no need review 5 WangHerman Released Before you download applications Before you start downloading from Google Play, make sure that you have a working Internet connection. Also, remember that you might incur data traffic charges when you download content to your phone. Contact your operator for more information. GUID Title GUID-03BC5C4C-F4A2-43E2-841B-112DBE3EE81B Before you download applications 62 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and no need review 2 WangHerman Released*
To download a free application 1 In Google Play, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories, or by using the search function. 2 Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions to complete the installation. 3 If the application you want to download requires access to your data or control of any functions on your phone, an additional screen appears with details. Read this screen carefully because the functionality of your phone may be seriously affected if you proceed. Tap OK [ph_ok] if you agree, or Cancel [cancel] if you wish to cancel the download. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7F1229FC-3D9E-4AD7-B551-601E0A4FA6D0 To download a free application Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and no need review 5 WangHerman Released*
To download a paid application 1 In Google Play, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories, 2 Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions in your phone to or by using the search function. complete your purchase. 3 If the application you want to download requires access to your data or control of any functions on your phone, an additional screen appears with details. Read this screen carefully because the functionality of your phone may be seriously affected if you proceed. Tap OK [ph_ok] if you agree, or Cancel [cancel] if you wish to cancel the download. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-177043C5-8E5C-422D-9FFA-F6589DA0B947 To download a paid application Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and no need review 6 WangHerman Released*
To open a downloaded application 1 In Google Play, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap My Apps [android-mar-
ket-my-apps] . 2 Tap the downloaded application. You can also access downloaded applications from the Application screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EBFE0735-60B3-4E17-BE7F-C03345392F0F To open a downloaded application Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and no need review 5 WangHerman Released Clearing your application data You may sometimes need to clear data for an application. This might happen if, for example, the application memory becomes full, or you want to clear high scores for a 63 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. game. You might also want to erase incoming email, text and multimedia messages in some applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EAF62666-1ACE-41A8-B75E-0BA17DE3F88D Clearing your application data For Shakira and onwards 1 AnnE Released To clear all cache for an application 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] . 3 Tap Apps [applications_settings] . 4 Tap the application for which you want to clear all cache. 5 Tap Clear cache [clear_cache_btn_text] . It is not possible to clear the cache for some applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-223FC104-FDE6-4850-B2BD-9B392F63ABAB To clear all data for an application Valid for eDream 4.1 ICS update Urushi Ayame Haida. Step 3 "Applications"
changed to "Apps" and removed "Manage applications"
7 WangHerman Released*
To delete an installed application 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] . 3 Tap Apps [applications_settings] . 4 Select the application that you want to delete. 5 Tap Uninstall [uninstall_text] . It is not possible to delete some preinstalled applications. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9CD7AFD4-1CA6-4816-9333-D43825F06633 To delete an installed application Valid for eDream 4.1 ICS update Urushi Ayame Haida. Step 3 "Applications"
changed to "Apps" and removed "Manage applications"
5 WangHerman Released*
Permissions Some applications may need to access data, settings and various functions on your device in order to work properly. If so, then they need the relevant permissions from you. For example, a navigation application needs permissions to send and receive data traffic, and access your location. Some applications might misuse their permissions by stealing or deleting data, or by reporting your location. Make sure you only install and give permissions to applications you trust. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-66ABAE3F-553A-4CC4-8ACA-88C9B976FF77 Permissions Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Breaked the whole paragraph into two paragraphs according to concept team's request No text change NO NEED REVIEW 3 WangHerman Draft 64 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To view permissions of an application 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] . 3 Tap Apps [applications_settings] . 4 Tap the desired application. 5 Scroll down to view the relevant details under Permissions [permissions_label] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5CA82138-A0F8-465B-B505-E2EDD4879535 To view permissions of an application Valid for eDream 4.1 ICS update Urushi Ayame Haida. Step 3 "Applications"
changed to "Apps" and removed "Manage applications"
5 WangHerman Released Installing applications not from Google Play Installing applications of unknown or unreliable origin can damage your phone. By default, your phone is set to block such installations. However, you can change this setting and allow installations from unknown sources. Sony does not warrant or guarantee the performance of any third-party applications or content transferred via download or other interface to your phone. Similarly, Sony is not responsible for any damage or reduced performance of your phone attributable to the transfer of third-party content. Only use content from reliable sources. Contact the content provider if you have any questions or concerns. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4658ED14-9236-4B4B-80D8-EFB84089B731 Allowing applications from sources other than Google Play Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and no need review 9 WangHerman Released*
To allow the installation of applications not from Google Play 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] . 3 Mark the Unknown sources [install_applications] checkbox. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1931F6D3-8F6E-4208-9D9E-C78CA2753904 To allow the installation of applications from sources other than Google Play Valid for Tapioca Phoenix Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Mar-
ket changed to Play Store only No text change and no need review 8 WangHerman Released*
65 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Calling Indexterm: "telephony - See calls"
Indexterm: "calls"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-71EA3573-EAE2-4B15-A2CF-DCED46EE7587 Calling - heading only Valid from Nypon ICS (justed remove the italics form of index terms) 4 PengLeon Released Emergency calls Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "emergency"
Indexterm: "SOS - See emergency numbers"
Indexterm: "emergency numbers"
Your device supports international emergency numbers, for example, 112 or 911. You can normally use these numbers to make emergency calls in any country, with or without the SIM card inserted if you are within range of a network. GUID-95D14376-6C16-4B4E-9B0D-8F78EFF123E6 Emergency calls Device term change 6 PengLeon Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To make an emergency call 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and Tap Phone [launcherDialer] . 3 Enter the emergency number and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . To delete a number, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INPUT-DELETE. You can make emergency calls when no SIM card is inserted or when outgoing calls are barred. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1C4DC7B4-8DD8-4046-82B6-4DB57A2FBB93 To make an emergency call Changed "You can make emergency calls when no SIM card is inserted or all outgoing calls are barred"
7 PengLeon Released To make an emergency call while the SIM card is locked 1 Tap Emergency call [clh_emergency_enable_radio_dialog_title_txt] . 2 Enter the emergency number and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . To delete a number, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INPUT-DELETE. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D5A8FEA8-E9B6-4234-8D05-ADDA04F5BC2B To make an emergency call while the SIM card is locked Modify lable 3 MaLijia Released Making and receiving calls You can make a call by manually dialling a phone number, by tapping a number saved in your contact list, or by tapping the phone number in your call log view. You can also use the smart dial feature to quickly find numbers from your contact list and call logs. 66 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. When you make a call, your device's main microphone works together with the second microphone to suppress noise and background sound. Do not cover the second microphone while you make a call. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-73E2425E-2DE6-4B9F-BC0A-F9473A8208B4 Call handling - heading Changed the healing only no extra text changed due to comments from con-
cept team 7 CynthiaH Draft Contacts [contactsList] Ongoing call handling overview ID: SCR-SONY-13TI-CALL HANDLING1 1 2 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Answer a call Decline a call GUID-5E4AF474-9E9F-4344-8156-2C7B64C59E0F Ongoing call handling overview 1 CynthiaH Draft Contacts [contactsList] Incoming call handling overview ID: SCR-SONY-13TI-CALL HANDLING2 1 2 3 4 Mute the microphone during a call Enter numbers during a call End a call Turn on the loudspeaker during a call GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D912EDDE-EAC1-4B36-BC45-CC568D8E32AC Incoming call handling overview 1 CynthiaH Draft 67 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To make a call by dialling 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] . 3 Enter the number of the recipient and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . To delete a number, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INPUT-DELETE. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4FE375CD-48B9-4D81-8DA9-730361EE3AEC To make a call For eDream 4.0 6 PengLeon Released*
To make a call using smart dial 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] . 3 Use the dialpad to enter letters or numbers that correspond to the contact you want to call. As you enter each letter or number, a list of possible matches appears. 4 Tap the contact you want to call. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 PengLeon Released GUID-7A25E697-13EE-481C-89D0-229396708D57 To make a call using smart dial To make an international call 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] . 3 Touch and hold 0 until a + sign appears. 4 Enter the country code, area code (without the first 0) and phone number, then tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AFD0943A-BF5A-4F5D-8FF0-0A30C3B98669 To make an international call for eDream 4.0.1 (The number" 0" is changed after discussion 6 PengLeon Released To reject a second call When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-
SLIDER-DISMISS. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-20A61740-AB60-4D3D-BBF6-8191B6FEC058 To reject a second call Comments from TID. From Huashan,changed drag into tap also changed the icon. 4 CynthiaH Released To change the ear speaker volume during a call Press the volume key up or down. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E0A64910-7B0A-4319-8169-9E7E9630ED50 To change the ear speaker volume during a call eSheep Rachael 1 OskarW Released 68 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To activate the screen during a call Briefly press GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90. GUID-9CB25B9D-B1B8-4A2C-B6B7-76163D97AB11 To activate the screen during a call Changed due to Ed comments just be more accurate 4 CynthiaH Released To mute the ringtone for an incoming call When you receive the call, press the volume key. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-166E8451-D0EE-4A20-8D11-A7DC0BBA7027 To mute the ringtone for an incoming call eSheep Rachael 1 OskarW Released*
Rejecting calls GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9CC9879B-B661-4EA1-A066-DA2827D97592 Rejecting calls Created it out due to comments from concept team 1 CynthiaH Draft Rejecting a call with a message Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "reject"
You can reject a call with a predefined message. When you reject a call with such a message, the message is automatically sent to the caller and saved on your device. Six messages are predefined on your device. You can select from these predefined messages, which can also be edited if necessary. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-07BBFB8F-49E0-4484-B2DC-E4BCD9CD758F Rejecting a call with a message Device term change 2 PengLeon Released To reject a call with a predefined message Drag Reject with message [call_reject_call_with_message] upward, then select a message. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CAB1C7B1-044E-4072-BBAF-709C1E0FD0C3 To reject a call with a message 1 PengLeon Released To reject a second call with a predefined message When you hear repeated beeps during a call, drag Reject with message [call_re-
ject_call_with_message] upward, then select a message. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C7B2AAC2-90FE-4C43-A847-EDD862442B84 To reject a second call with a message 2 PengLeon Released 69 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To edit the message used to reject a call 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Reject call with message [call_settings_reject_call_with_message] . 3 Tap the message you want to edit, then make the necessary changes. 4 When you're done, tap OK [button_ok] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Barring calls GUID-BD89ACAE-CE3B-4176-9AB1-961828375848 To edit the message used to reject a call changed a label id no need ed review 3 MikeCao Released Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "diverting"
Sub-indexterm: "barring"
You can bar all or certain categories of incoming and outgoing calls. When you use call barring for the first time, you need to enter your PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) and then a new password to activate the call barring function. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B96C42F8-041D-4CA5-9C24-FAB3231F9BF6 Barring calls 1 PengLeon Released To bar incoming or outgoing calls 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Call blocking
[labelCallBarring] . 3 Select an option. 4 Enter the password and tap Enable [enable] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Recent calls GUID-7004AA90-417E-4304-85B9-6EB502561939 To bar incoming or outgoing calls 1 PengLeon Released*
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "log"
Sub-indexterm: "missed"
In the call log, you can view missed CALL, received ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-MISSED-
ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-INCOMING-CALL and dialled ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-OUTGOING-CALL calls. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-40E5841D-C7A4-4B25-AC8D-3531B9D52AFC Recent calls Comments from TID changed an icon only for huashan 3 CynthiaH Released To view your missed calls 1 When you have missed a call, ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-MISSED-
CALL appears in the status bar. Drag the status bar downwards. 2 Tap Missed call [notification_missedCallTitle] . GUID Title GUID-590BA208-6CD8-42C2-9D38-C05755E3917B To view missed calls 70 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status Changed the varid for an icon only 7 CynthiaH Released To show the call log 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap 3 Tap Show call log [spb_strings_show_call_log_txt] . ID: ICN-SONY-APP-DIALER > ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ADDBBB5C-9B83-4C04-98D8-48FE46F95C39 To show the call log 1 PengLeon Released To call a number from your call log 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen. 3 To call a number directly, tap the number. To edit a number before calling, touch and hold the number, then tap Edit number before call [recentCalls_editNumberBe-
foreCall] . You can also call a number by tapping ID: ICN-SONY-SMARTSEARCH-CALLLOG-DETAIL-
BTN-NORMAL > Call back [callBack] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-06B252C0-D4D0-476C-ABA4-5D809E1F1615 To call a number from the call log for ICS Wave2 update (Changed the way to call the number) 8 PengLeon Released To add a number from the call log to your contacts 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen. 3 Touch and hold the number, then tap Add to Contacts [recentCalls_addToContact] . 4 Tap the desired contact, or tap Create new contact [pickerNewContactHeader] . 5 Edit the contact details and tap Done [menu_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Voicemail GUID-3511CFE2-B8CC-4CF9-93AC-53529E89BC56 To add a number from the call log to your contacts for ICS Wave 2 update (changed the way to view call log) 7 PengLeon Released Indexterm: "voicemail"
Indexterm: "answering service"
If your subscription includes a voicemail service, callers can leave voice messages for you when you can't answer calls. Your voicemail service number is normally saved on your SIM card. If not, you can get the number from your service provider and enter it manually. GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-C0B45CA8-3035-4A41-AF12-46F45200B8AA Voicemail Valid for R800x(CDMA condition added) 5 PengLeon 71 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released To enter your voicemail number 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Voicemail [gen-
eral_dialpad_voicemail_txt] >Voicemail settings [voicemail_settings] > Voicemail number [voicemail_set-
tings_number_label] . 3 Enter your voicemail number. 4 Tap OK [ok] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C89C34FD-27BE-4E69-A928-F67A90805CC9 To enter your voicemail number comments from TID added only one step in 2 no text changed 5.1.1 CynthiaH Released To call your voicemail service 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] . 3 Touch and hold 1. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0C8C71F8-F089-4C9F-8CB4-AF024258D381 To call your voicemail service Remove incorrect usage of tag <b>
7 PengLeon Released Multiple calls Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "multiple"
If you have activated call waiting, you can handle multiple calls at the same time. When it is activated, you will be notified by a beep if you receive another call. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BFBB9A5A-25E5-4E72-9841-247169DEEB7A Multiple calls Changed title from More than one call to Multiple calls - From Robyn 2 OisinF Released To activate or deactivate call waiting Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "waiting"
1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Additional settings
[additional_gsm_call_settings] . 3 To activate or deactivate call waiting, tap Call waiting [labelCW] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1A9F7171-AD1D-443F-B906-7C346F87C151 To activate or deactivate call waiting eDream 2.0 Robyn/Mimmi & Rachael 3 UlrikaK Released*
To answer a second call and put the ongoing call on hold When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-
SLIDER-ANSWER. GUID Title Changes GUID-7C422C9D-1720-407E-A0C8-6D8B8EB6B19F To answer a second call and put the ongoing call on hold Comments from TID. From Huashan,changed drag into tap also changed the icon. 72 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 4 CynthiaH Released To make a second call 1 During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad [clh_large_icbp_dialpad_txt] . 2 Enter the number of the recipient and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . 3 The first call is put on hold. The same procedure applies to subsequent calls. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0CE0A4D3-CA04-4D27-B17F-8973082C4EF3 To make a second call label changed 6 PengLeon Released To switch between multiple calls To switch to another call and put the current call on hold, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
CALL-SLIDER-ANSWER. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1309D844-C17A-4A36-8E37-26A09CD358A2 To switch between multiple calls comments from TID for Huashan changed an icon only no extra text changed 4 CynthiaH Released Setting up a conference call Indexterm: "conference calls"
With a conference or multiparty call, you can have a joint conversation with two or more persons. For details on the number of participants you can add to a conference call, contact your network operator. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ED3A4BD7-2AAD-4A22-9486-AFBF100F1F0F Setting up a conference call Created it out only changed the name no extra text changed due to com-
ments from concept team 4 CynthiaH Draft To make a conference call 1 During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad [clh_large_icbp_dialpad_txt] . 2 Dial the number of the second participant and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . After the second participant answers, the first participant is put on hold. 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-CONFERENCE to add the second participant to the conference call. 4 Repeat steps 1 to 3 to add more call participants. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-29B1365F-B898-4DD3-A624-19FFCDE9FC4B To make a conference call label changed 7 PengLeon Released 73 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To have a private conversation with a conference call participant 1 During an ongoing conference call, tap {0} participants [clh_large_conference_call_partici-
pants] . 2 Tap the telephone number of the participant with whom you want to talk privately. 3 To end the private conversation and return to the conference call, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-CALL-CONFERENCE. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7FEE24C8-B5B3-4172-8A13-343441E63304 To have a private conversation with a participant Changed due to Ed comments only.so that things are as clear as possible. 8 CynthiaH Released To release a participant from a conference call 1 During an ongoing conference call, tap the button showing the number of participants. For example, tap 3 participants [3_participants] if there are three participants. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-ONGOING-HANGUP next to the participant you want to release. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-317CBA11-E778-4F0B-B2F6-16BE76B17DAE To release a participant For eDream 4.0 (End call icon changed) 4 PengLeon Released To end a conference call During the call, tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-ONGOING-HANGUP. GUID-B7DE81B4-2DAB-4D55-9A3B-EAACC2C86A9F To end a conference call From Robyn 2 OisinF Released*
Call settings Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "call"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Forwarding calls GUID-25809A0F-E933-4AFD-ACC1-43091E006C84 Call settings - heading Generic 1 OskarW Released Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "diverting"
Sub-indexterm: "forwarding"
You can forward calls, for example, to another phone number, or to an answering service. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E1430643-8DEE-443C-8FD5-6DF310320AD0 Forwarding calls eSheep Rachael 1 OskarW Released 74 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To forward calls 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Call forwarding [labelCF] . 3 Select an option. 4 Enter the number you want to forward the calls to, then tap Enable [enable] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-24FD3201-10EA-418F-9B73-240458B3EEC2 To forward calls label changed 4 PengLeon Released*
To turn off call forwarding 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Call forwarding [labelCF] . 3 Select an option, then tap Disable [disable] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-89805283-2629-4D50-B89E-914E3EE2BCEA To turn off call forwarding label changed 4 PengLeon Released*
Showing or hiding your phone number You can select to show or hide your phone number on call recipients' devices when you call them. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-32174486-684C-45E8-9877-5C21C6024A57 Showing or hiding your phone number From Robyn 2 OisinF Released*
To show or hide your phone number 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Additional settings [additional_gsm_call_settings] > Caller ID [labelCallerId] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A0B707E1-2F16-4FCC-8188-E5DEC180AF5C To show or hide your phone number Valid for 4.0.1.1 ("Select an option" removed for it is not allowed to modify) 6 PengLeon Released*
Restricting outgoing calls Indexterm: "calls"
Indexterm: "fixed dialling"
If you have received a PIN2 code from your service provider, you can use a list of Fixed Dialling Numbers (FDN) to restrict outgoing calls. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F19CDD47-158A-4E2A-B3A7-F9857F389BAB Restricting outgoing calls Created it out only named changed no extra text changed due to comments from concept team 6 CynthiaH Draft 75 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To enable or disable fixed dialling 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Fixed dialing numbers [fdn] . 3 Tap Activate fixed dialing [disable_fdn_ok] or Deactivate fixed dialing [enable_fdn_ok] . 4 Enter your PIN2 and tap OK [ok] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FCE85A8E-BBDA-4A95-9B47-320B4293A4AB To enable or disable fixed dialing label changed 4 PengLeon Released*
To access the list of accepted call recipients 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Fixed dialing numbers [fdn] > Fixed dialing numbers [fdn] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9D6DE3C9-13A8-4BEE-B25F-E0B467FF8F29 To access the list of accepted call recipients label changed 5 PengLeon Released*
76 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Contacts [contactsList]
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-116B5259-4FA2-46CC-A2EB-6B8073E1EDAD Contacts - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Getting contacts into your device Indexterm: "contacts"
Indexterm: "personal information"
Use the Contacts application to store and manage all your numbers, email addresses, and other contact data in one place. You can add new contacts in your device and synchronise them with contacts saved in your Google account, Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account, or other accounts that support synchronisation. The Contacts application automatically creates new entries and also helps you match data such as email addresses with existing entries. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3BC3BC83-899E-4120-A755-E0E716E36061 Getting contacts into your device Updated from Togari based on concept team's request Title changed 4 WangHerman Draft Transferring contacts using a PC If you are transferring contacts using a PC, use the PC Companion program. It's free, and the installation files are already saved on your new device. PC Companion also offers a range of other features, including help to update your device software. You can use a PC to transfer contacts from several device brands, including iPhone, Samsung, HTC and Nokia. You need:
An Internet-connected PC running Windows A USB cable for your old device A USB cable for your new Android device Your old device Your new Android device GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-591E6477-5FDD-482B-BF11-A419FBCAE182 Transferring contacts using a PC Updated from Togari and valid for all project onwards Combined "using the pc companion program to transfer contacts" into this topic 5 WangHerman Draft To transfer contacts to your new device using PC Companion 1 Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC. 2 Open the PC Companion program on the PC, then click Contacts Setup and follow the instructions to transfer your contacts. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-27563B9B-6733-47AF-92B4-72F4B3A72B19 To transfer contacts to your new Sony Ericsson Android phone Device Term Change 2 WangHerman Released Transferring contacts using an Apple Mac computer Indexterm: "contacts"
77 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
If you are transferring contacts using an Apple Mac computer, use the Sony Bridge for Mac program. It's free and downloadable from Bridge for Mac. For detailed instructions on how to use an Apple Mac computer to transfer contacts from your old device, go to Transfer your contacts. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FA1412DB-AA24-4B07-9646-FEF4F5BF258E Transferring contacts using an Apple Mac computer Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Added info about bridge for mac 5 WangHerman Draft To transfer contacts to your new device using Sony Bridge for Mac 1 Make sure the Sony Bridge for Mac application is installed on your Apple Mac computer. 2 Open the Sony Bridge for Mac application on your Apple Mac computer. 3 Double-click the Sony Bridge for Mac icon in the Applications folder, then follow the instructions to transfer your contacts. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-19A42BE7-8125-4DBB-98D0-883E3F8AEE3F To transfer contacts to your new device using Sony Bridge for Mac Created from Togari and valid for all project onwards 1 WangHerman Released Transferring contacts using synchronisation accounts Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
Your device works with popular online synchronisation accounts such as Google Sync, Microsoft Exchange ActiveSyncor Facebook. If you have synced the contacts in your old device or your computer with an online account, you can transfer your contacts to your new device using that account. For more detailed information about synchronisation, see Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts on page 197. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CF308157-311E-475A-8477-81F42609A3C2 Transferring contacts using synchronization accounts Updated from Odin Yuga HTML UG and valid for all projects onwards Device term updated only No need review 2.1.1.1.2 WangHerman Released To synchronise contacts on your device with a synchronisation account ID: ICN-SONY-
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK . 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Settings [spb_strings_gen_settings_txt] >
Accounts & sync [spb_strings_settings_accounts_and_sync_main_txt] . 3 If you have already set up a synchronisation account and you want to sync with that account, tap the account, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , and tap Sync now [sync_menu_sync_now] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6252CC57-4654-44CA-8F5C-44B27DC1C425 To synchronise your phone contacts with an account Device Term Change Also removed the first sentence in step3 Valid for Odin and Yuga onwards 8 WangHerman Released 78 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Transferring contacts from a SIM card Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0B73987A-CFD6-4F26-805F-BCE6C92BCB9A Transferring contacts from the SIM card - heading only Heading only Updated from Mint Hayabsa and valid for all ongoing projects 1 WangHerman Released To import contacts from a SIM card Indexterm: "SIM card"
Sub-indexterm: "importing contacts from"
Indexterm: "importing SIM contacts"
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "importing from SIM card"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK . 2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Import contacts [spb_strings_contacts_im-
port_txt] > SIM card [spb_strings_gen_sim_txt] . 3 If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can choose to add the SIM card contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use these contacts on your device. Select your desired option. 4 To import an individual contact, find and tap the contact. To import all contacts, tap Import all [spb_strings_import_all_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-18318225-441A-4DE5-8329-F7ED19BC1B61 To import contacts from the SIM card Device Term Change 12 WangHerman Released*
Transferring contacts from a memory card Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 WangHerman Released GUID-CEF617F7-395C-42BC-A841-1D43A977B424 Transferring contacts from the memory card - heading only To import contacts from a memory card 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Import contacts [spb_strings_contacts_im-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap port_txt] > SD card [spb_strings_gen_sd_card_txt] . 3 If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can add the imported memory card contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use the imported contacts on your device. Select your desired option. 4 If you have more than one vCard file on the SD card, a list appears showing different batches of contacts saved on your device, with the corresponding dates for when they were created. Select the batch that you want to import. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CAFBA77B-691C-4AF1-9F60-B24534C33AA2 To import contacts from the memory card Device Term Change 8.1.1 WangHerman Released 79 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Receiving contacts from other devices Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4012D9CB-D077-4966-A56D-B14DF8B3976F Receiving contacts from other devices - heading only Heading only Updated from Mint Hayabusa and valid for all ongoing projects 1 WangHerman Released To receive contact data sent using Bluetooth technology 1 Make sure you have the Bluetooth function turned on and your phone set to visible. If not, then you cannot receive data from other devices. 2 When you are asked to confirm whether you want to receive the file, tap Accept [incoming_file_confirm_ok] . 3 Drag down the Notification panel and tap the file you received to import the contact data. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-23A7741C-808A-4745-84AB-82CEB7F6CD75 To receive contacts from another Bluetooth device Valid for eDream 3.0 and Zeus Verizon. 3 RongrongZ Released*
To receive contacts sent using a messaging service 1 When you receive a new text message, multimedia message, or email message, open the message. 2 The received contact data appears as a vCard attachment. Tap, or touch and hold the vCard file to open a menu so you can save the contact data. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4F2EE42C-BEA9-4F05-BA58-D1AACB381FBB To receive contacts sent using a messaging service Valid for eDream 2.1 Robyn Mimmi Shakira and Rachael. Moved note to main concept. 2 AnnaB Released Adding and editing contacts You can create, edit and synchronise your contacts in a few simple steps. You can select contacts saved in different accounts and manage how you display them on your device. If you synchronise your contacts with more than one account, you can join contacts on your device to avoid duplicates. Some synchronisation services, for example, some social networking services, do not allow you to edit contact details. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D26AD4BF-CF50-4F48-A4E2-CB55941BB492 Adding and editing contacts Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Title changed only based on concept team's request No other text change 4 WangHerman Draft 80 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To add a contact 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ADD-CONTACT. 2 Tap 3 If you have synchronised your contacts with one or more accounts, select the account to which you want to add the contact, or tap Local contact [account_phone]
if you want to keep the contact's information only on your device. 4 Enter or select the desired information for the contact. 5 When you are finished, tap Done [menu_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CE4A9D46-2505-4EAA-818C-FD7B9BDEB825 To add a contact Valid for Pollux Label updated only No need review 11.1.1 WangHerman Released To edit a contact 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap 2 Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-
OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT. 3 Edit the desired information. When you are finished, tap Done [menu_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-04C4AA81-EF48-47E7-8F7A-4EF3A3D03F4A To edit a contact Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change 7 WangHerman Released To associate a picture with a contact Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "picture"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "associating with a contact"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap 2 Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT. ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-
3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CONTACT-EDIT-ADD-PHOTO and select the desired method for adding the contact picture. 4 When you have added the picture, tap Done [menu_done] . You can also add a picture to a contact directly from the Album [album_app_name_txt] application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D8B5006C-48F5-4730-87AE-2730F0693F7E To add a contact picture Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change 9 WangHerman Released To delete contacts 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Touch and hold the contact that you want to delete. 3 To delete all contacts, tap the downwards arrow to open the drop down menu, then select Mark all [spb_strings_gen_mark_all_txt] . 4 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE, then tap OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BF4AB0BA-7D03-4A81-B9B5-1F422A254EB0 To delete contacts Updated for Pollux Gina Rewrote step3 only No other text change 7 WangHerman Released 81 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To edit contact information about yourself 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap 2 Tap Myself [spb_strings_contacts_long_press_option_title_myself_txt] , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. ID: ICN-SONY-
INFINITEVIEW-OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT. 3 Enter the new information or make the changes you want. 4 When you are done, tap Done [menu_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B75E995D-3011-4ADA-9C38-647947BFA18C To edit contact information about yourself Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change 6 WangHerman Released To create a new contact from a message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
ID: ICN-SONY-CONTACT-EDIT-ADD-PHOTO > Save [gui_save_txt] . 2 Tap 3 Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact [pickerNewContactHeader] . 4 Edit the contact information and tap Done [menu_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8AD5B8FF-018E-4A1E-A547-577913797FDA To create a new contact from a message Updated from Togari and valid for all project onwards Title changed only based on concept team's request No other text change 14 WangHerman Draft Searching and viewing contacts GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-01145D46-615D-4A67-943F-2197103D4F57 Searching and viewing contacts 1 WangHerman Draft Contacts [contactsList] screen overview ID: SCR-SONY-EDREAM-PHONEBOOK 1 2 Shortcut tabs Tap a contact to view its details 82 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. 3 4 5 6 7 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Alphabetical index for browsing contacts Tap a contact thumbnail to access the quick contact menu Search for contacts Create a contact Open more options GUID-32585317-AD2B-4698-BAC3-DE5353ECF92D Contacts screen overview Valid for Mint Hayabusa Added bullet 7 only 8 WangHerman Released*
To search for a contact 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SEARCH and enter the first few letters of the HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap 2 Tap contact name in the Search contacts [searchHint] field. All contacts beginning with those letters appear. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EB8B497D-7462-4B6E-B63F-A5AC8DE42983 To search for a contact Valid for Tusbasa Gina Label updated only No text change No need review 8 WangHerman Released To select which contacts to display in the Contacts application 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Filter [spb_strings_contacts_list_filter_txt] . 3 In the list that appears, mark and unmark the desired options. If you have synchronised your contacts with a synchronisation account, that account appears in the list. To further expand the list of options, tap the account. 4 When you are finished, tap OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7A65E1EE-85E9-4A76-8BFE-9CA005A82543 To select which contacts to display Valid for eDream 6.0 Aoba Nozomi. Only removed one step no need review 9 WangHerman Released The quick contact menu Tap a contact's thumbnail to view quick communication options for a particular contact. Options include calling the contact, sending a text or multimedia message, and starting a chat using the Google Talk application. For an application to appear as an option in the quick contact menu, you may need to set up the application in your device and be logged in to the application. For example, you need to start the Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] application and enter your login details before you can use Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] from the quick contact menu. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A234170B-D4D1-4781-A7D3-C237647047BF The quick contact menu Updated from Taoshan and valid for all HTML UG Device term change only NO NEED REVIEW 7.1.2 WangHerman Released Avoiding duplicate entries in the Contacts application Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "joining contact information"
83 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. If you synchronise your contacts with a new account or import contact information in other ways, you could end up with duplicate entries in the Contacts application. If this happens, you can join such duplicates to create a single entry. And if you join entries by mistake, you can separate them again later. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To link contacts GUID-FBC8BADE-40C7-48D2-ADF4-8C47C01F47DF Join contact information Valid for eDream 4.0.1.1. Ayame Coconut Satsuma. 3 WangHerman Released 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Tap the contact you want to link with another contact. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Link contact [spb_strings_edit_link_to_other_txt] . 4 Tap the contact whose information you want to join with the first contact, then tap OK [ok] to confirm. The information from the first contact is merged with the second contact, and the first contact is no longer displayed in the Contacts list. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-01136C21-4A7D-4E9B-93AA-1E74783486F3 To link contacts Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change 9 WangHerman Released To separate linked contacts 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap 2 Tap the linked contact you want to edit, then tap INFINITEVIEW-OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT. 3 Tap Unlink contact [spb_strings_edit_unlink_field_txt] . 4 Tap OK [ok] . ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-740EA2F6-AFDC-4B00-93A9-4800C7DB325F To separate linked contacts Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change 9 WangHerman Released Favourites and groups GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Favourites GUID-731CD283-B219-4557-A6C9-D42EE59AEEFF Favourites and groups - heading only 1 WangHerman Draft Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "favourite"
You can mark contacts as favourites so that you can get quick access to them from the Contacts application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2F920924-BA47-4976-B2B6-66B670B3C210 Favourites Valid for ICS update. Only removed "tab" no need review 6 WangHerman Released 84 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To mark or unmark a contact as a favourite 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN. 2 Tap the contact you want to add to or remove from your favourites. 3 Tap GUID Title Changes GUID-E489EC2C-B886-4AF4-9A8E-49F9279D3DCE To mark or unmark a contact as a favourite Valid for eDream 3.0 Anzu Hallon Zeus and eDream 4.0 Iyokan Mango Smul-
tron. Changing the Contacts label to the Contacts icon. 5 WangHerman Released Version Author Status To view your favourite contacts 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN. ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. GUID-C33D067B-1E80-4FA2-83FD-5F70E4CFC561 To view your favourite contacts Update from Aoba Rita and valid for all ongoing project Remove one label only in step 2 No other text changes No need review 2 WangHerman Released 2 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Groups Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "groups"
You can assign contacts to groups to get quicker access to them from within the Contacts application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-49883222-009C-43A5-86FB-3E645982B0EC Groups Valid for ICS wave 1 and 2 Also for Phoenix and Tapioca onwards 1 WangHerman Released To assign a contact to a group 1 In the Contacts application, tap the contact that you want to assign to a group. ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT, then tap 2 Tap the bar directly under Assign to group [spb_strings_assign_group] . 3 Mark the checkboxes for the groups to which you want to add the contact, then tap Done [done] . 4 Tap Done [done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D97D0B85-FDA0-4486-AE31-1273993A1514 To assign a contact to a group Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step1&2 updated due to SW change 3 WangHerman Released Sending contact information Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0A30E687-263E-4A63-A5F9-7D7583BBF0FE Sending contact information - heading only Created from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Title changed only based on concept team's request 2 WangHerman Draft 85 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To send your business card Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "business cards"
Indexterm: "business cards"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Tap Myself [spb_strings_contacts_long_press_option_title_myself_txt] . 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Send contact [infiniteview_menu_send_con-
tact_txt] > OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] . 4 Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions. GUID Title Changes GUID-CB7E8C2B-D712-4088-A4AE-42D483C91B78 To send your business card Valid for eDream 6.0 Nozomi Aoba. Changed "myself" to "my info" in step 2 for Aoba. 6 WangHerman Released Version Author Status To send a contact 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Tap the contact whose details you want to send. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Send contact [infiniteview_menu_send_con-
tact_txt] > OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] . 4 Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B0257474-7B98-40F3-877B-13576B9911C7 To send a contact Valid for eDream 4.0.1 Urushi. Label updated only. 5 WangHerman Released To send several contacts at once 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Mark several [spb_strings_con-
tacts_list_menu_mark_mode_txt] . 3 Mark the contacts you want to send, or select all if you want to send all contacts. 4 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-GALLERY-SHARE, then select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-28D36493-2518-4620-B2E6-C045B077CF22 To select contacts to send Valid for Tusbasa Gina Label updated only No need review 5 WangHerman Released Backing up contacts Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "copying"
Indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
You can use a memory card, a SIM card or an online synchronisation tool such as Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync to back up contacts. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-26F5D5F6-B693-490B-8EBE-3ED78954583B Backing up contacts Changed from Tapioca Phoenix and valid for all projects onwards Index term updated onty No need review 5 WangHerman Released 86 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To export all contacts to a memory card 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Back up contacts [spb_strings_con-
tacts_list_menu_export_contacts_txt] > Memory Card [memory-card] . 3 Tap OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A7D7643A-284D-4901-B031-AE32503C69F7 To export all contacts to the memory card Valid for Tapioca DS Changed SIM card to Memory card 11 WangHerman Released To export contacts to a SIM card Indexterm: "SIM card"
Sub-indexterm: "exporting contacts to"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK. 2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Back up contacts [spb_strings_con-
tacts_list_menu_export_contacts_txt] > SIM card [spb_strings_gen_sim_txt] . 3 Mark the contacts you want to export, or tap Mark all [spb_strings_gen_mark_all_txt] if you want to export all your contacts. 4 Tap Back up [spb_strings_gen_export_txt] . 5 Select Add contacts [spb_strings_gen_add_contacts_txt] if you want to add the contacts to existing contacts on your SIM card, or select Replace all contacts
[spb_strings_gen_replace_contacts_txt] if you want to replace the existing contacts on your SIM card. When you export contacts to a SIM card, not all information may get exported. This is due to memory limitations on SIM cards. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A6A460E6-AB1C-4F0D-80C4-675CA7DC8CD9 To export contacts to the SIM card Valid for eDream 3.0 Anzu Hallon Zeus and eDream 4.0 Iyokan Mango Smul-
tron. Changing the Contacts label to the Contacts icon. 7 WangHerman Released 87 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Messaging GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-72D9B8E4-2AF0-4F04-9FCE-FBF5487484F5 Messaging - heading only Generic 1 OskarW Released*
Using text and multimedia messaging You can send and receive text messages from your device using SMS (Short Message Service). If your subscription includes MMS (Multimedia Messaging Service), you can also send and receive messages that contain media files, for example, pictures and videos. The number of characters you can send in a single text message varies depending on the operator and the language you use. If you exceed the character limit, then all your single messages are linked together and sent as one message. You are charged for each single text message you send. When you view your messages, they appear as conversations, which means that all messages to and from a particular person are grouped together. To send multimedia messages, you need the correct MMS settings on your device. See Internet and messaging settings. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-74DA81D5-2211-43F7-B8C7-31CADCECBE9C Using text and multimedia messaging Device Term Change 7 MikeCao Released To create and send a message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Tap 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CONV-NEW-MESSAGE. ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ADD-CONTACT, then select the desired recipients from the Contacts list. If the recipient is not listed as a contact, enter the contact's number manually and tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD. 4 When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done [spb_strings_select_done_txt] . 5 Tap Write message [conversations_strings_text_input_hint_txt] and enter your message text. 6 If you want to add a media file, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-ATTACHMENT and select an option. 7 To send the message, tap Send [gui_send_txt] . If you exit a message before sending, it gets saved as a draft. The conversation gets tagged with the word Draft: [conversations_strings_conversationlist_conversation_snippet_draftprefix_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A6C2B682-0F30-475D-9682-33A737581FE9 To create and send a message update step 3 to immplement concept team's comment for Mint 16 MikeCao Released 88 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To read a received message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Tap the desired conversation. 3 If the message is not yet downloaded, tap and hold the message, then tap Download message [conversations_strings_action_message_download_txt] . You can also open messages from the status bar when appears there. Just drag down the bar and tap the message. ID: ICN-SONY-SYM-ACTION-SMS GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5343B3D0-3140-41FE-BF7A-424395B15F40 To read a received message Valid from eDream 6.0. Changed the label to icon. Changed the wording of the tip. 7 RongrongZ Released To reply to a message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. 2 Tap the conversation containing the message. 3 Enter your reply and tap Send [gui_send_txt] . ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B3F3CD74-24A7-4F3C-A344-9A3DA916D207 To reply to a message Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced a label with an icon. 4 RongrongZ Released To forward a message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Tap the conversation containing the message you want to forward. 3 Touch and hold the message you want to forward, then tap Forward message
[conversations_strings_action_message_forward_txt] . 4 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ADD-CONTACT, then select a recipient from the Contacts list. If the recipient is not listed as a contact, enter the contact's number manually and tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD. 5 When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done [spb_strings_select_done_txt] . 6 Edit the message, if necessary, and tap Send [gui_send_txt] . In step 4, you can also tap To [message_compose_to_hint] and enter the recipient's phone number manually. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-05F0456B-06EA-4A96-B35E-B114ADFDD14C To forward a message valid for Nozomi 2 updated step 4 7 MikeCao Released To delete a message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Tap the conversation containing the message you want to delete. 3 Touch and hold the message you want to delete, then tap Delete message [con-
versations_strings_action_message_delete_txt] > Delete [gui_delete_txt] . GUID Title GUID-18644181-BE89-4B64-A303-91754CC902E4 To delete a message 89 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status only changed a label for Mint/Hayabusa 7 MikeCao Released*
To delete conversations 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then find and tap MESSAGING . ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Delete conversations [conversa-
tions_strings_conversationlist_menu_deleteconversations_txt] . 3 Mark the checkboxes for the conversations that you want to delete, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE > Delete [gui_delete_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C3195918-C699-4A90-BEEE-730CA2F20750 To delete conversations update step3 based on v9 for Tubasa Gina 11 MikeCao Released*
To call a message sender 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Tap a conversation. 3 Tap the recipient name or number at the top of the screen, then select the recipient name or number from the list that appears. 4 If the recipient is saved in your contacts, tap the phone number that you want to call. If you have not saved the recipient in your contacts, tap SONY-BTN-DETAIL-CALL. ID: ICN-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FE0F8257-CF1E-4EFA-90FA-2362196AE2C4 To call a message sender Valid from eDream 6.0. One step added. 5 RongrongZ Released To save a file contained in a message you receive 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Tap the conversation you want to open. 3 If the message has not been downloaded yet, tap and hold the message, then tap Download message [conversations_strings_action_message_download_txt] . 4 Touch and hold the file you want to save, then select the desired option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5F89D8FF-F03C-4F3C-9A7A-48170CF67FA1 To save a file contained in a message you receive Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced one label with an icon. 4 RongrongZ Released To star a message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. 2 Tap the conversation you want to open. 3 In the message you want to star, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
4 To unstar a message, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN-
FAVORITE-BTN. SELECTED. GUID Title GUID-4FC74355-8CC4-455B-ABFA-23DBA7F58E36 To star a message 90 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status Valid from eDream 6.0. 1 RongrongZ Released To view starred messages 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Starred messages [conversa-
tions_strings_conversationlist_menu_starredmessage_txt] . 3 All starred messages appear in a list. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-950B1757-1EF2-4C8B-B38F-824EFFB7087D To view starred messages Valid from eDream 6.0. 1 RongrongZ Released*
To search for messages 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Search [conversations_strings_conversation-
list_menu_search_txt] . 3 Enter your search keywords, then tap the confirm key. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E70395B9-7B95-4170-B892-B843B89205C7 To search for messages delete a step 3 MikeCao Released*
Text and multimedia message options GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DE7D5E9D-9544-491A-9E63-86DFAA4136D1 Text and multimedia message options - Heading eDream 2.1 Robyn/Mimmi/Shakira & Rachael. Valid for eDream 3.0.
(Changed topic name to be in line with heading.) 3 UlrikaK Released To change your message notification settings 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [conversations_strings_conversation-
list_menu_settings_txt] . 3 To set a notification sound, tap Notification tone [conversations_strings_settings_notification_ring-
tone_txt] and select an option. 4 For other notification settings, check or uncheck the relevant checkboxes. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F5A156A0-322D-4AD0-AF78-BA71783F50AE To change your message notification settings Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced one label with an icon. 5 RongrongZ Released*
91 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [conversations_strings_conversation-
list_menu_settings_txt] . 3 Tap Delivery report [conversations_strings_settings_delivery_report_txt] to activate or deactivate delivery reports. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2EAC8C35-A3F3-49C0-9A88-B52E29082E5F To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages delete a note for Lotus 5 MikeCao Released*
To view messages saved on the SIM card 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap MESSAGING. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [conversations_strings_conversation-
list_menu_settings_txt] > SIM messages [conversations_strings_settings_sim_messages_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C5D5AE02-B914-4668-97D7-478A77D77AB2 To view messages saved on the SIM card Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced a label with an icon. 4 RongrongZ Released*
Google Talk Indexterm: "chat"
Indexterm: "instant messaging"
Indexterm: "Google Talk"
You can use the Google Talk instant messaging application on your device to chat with friends who also use this application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1E9CFE8C-50B8-49B1-94FC-29AD426BC9E6 Google Talk Device Term Change. 4 Xiaxin Li Released*
To start Google Talk 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Talk [GOOGLE-TALK-CLIENT] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-39156C72-B0A6-4488-9F61-198A160ED9F1 To start Google Talk Valid for eDream 3.0 4 RongrongZ Released*
To reply to an instant message with Google Talk 1 When someone contacts you on Google Talk, ID: ICN-SONY-NOTIFY-
CHAT appears in the status bar. 2 Drag the status bar downwards, then tap the message and begin to chat. GUID Title Changes GUID-52935D59-02B4-4CD1-8B46-9EB6ACF6D202 To reply to an instant message with Google Talk Add condition only for FAQ. Change Talk to Google Talk for editor's com-
ments. 3 Vera Qu Version Author 92 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released 93 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Email Indexterm: "email"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F40849F4-44EB-4AFE-BFB7-387364E8AE14 Email - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Getting started with Email Indexterm: "email"
Use the Email application in your phone to send and receive emails through your regular email account or through your corporate account. Or you can do both. Your phone can handle several email accounts at the same time. You can set up these accounts to run through one combined inbox, or through separate inboxes. Note that emails you receive to your Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] account can be accessed in the phone from both the Email and the Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] applications. Your corporate Microsoft Outlook email messages have to be stored on a Microsoft Exchange server for the functionality described above to work. See Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts on page 197 for more information. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-08D874D0-85C7-406B-95B1-EEB0903FCB6F Getting started with Email 1 JorgenL Released*
Using email accounts Indexterm: "email"
Sub-indexterm: "more than one account"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-83C8D331-63FE-4FD8-8DD8-BA39AEF13F88 Using email accounts - heading eDream 2.1 Robyn/Mimmi/Shakira & Rachael 2 UlrikaK Released To set up an email account in your phone 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap 3 Enter your email address and password, then tap Next [next_action] . 4 If the settings for the email account cannot be downloaded automatically, ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. complete the setup manually. If necessary, contact your email service provider for detailed settings. For corporate email setup on your phone, select Exchange Active Sync [account_setup_account_type_exchange_action] as the account type. 5 When you are prompted, enter a name for your email account, so that it is easily identifiable. The same name shows in the emails you send from this account. When you are finished, tap Next [next_action] . You can set up more than one email account. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6D8E1793-757A-4533-9EEE-EB05ED33EEFA To set up an email account on your device For Tsubasas html User guide. Removed lnik. 12.1.1 JorgenL Released 94 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To set an email account as your default account 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] . 4 Tap the account you want to use as the default account for composing and ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. sending emails. 5 Mark the Default account [account_settings_default_label] checkbox. The inbox of the default account appears every time you open the Email application. If you only have one email account, this account is automatically the default account. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B96CB0AB-5A56-4EC7-84C7-E0760681D683 To set an email account as your default account For eD4.1 ICS update. 6 RongrongZ Released*
To add an extra email account in your phone 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. 2 Find and tap 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] . 4 Tap Add account [add_account_action] . 5 Enter the email address and password, then tap Next [next_action] . 6 If the settings for the email account cannot be downloaded automatically, complete the setup manually. If necessary, contact your email service provider for detailed settings. 7 When prompted, enter a name for your email account so that it is easily identifiable. The same name shows in the emails that you send from this account. 8 When you are finished, tap Next [next_action] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-74CB7D9A-D8E7-415A-B56A-6FF254D6705A To add an extra email account on your device For eD4.1 ICS update. 10 RongrongZ Released*
To remove an email account from your phone 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. 2 Find and tap 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] . 4 Tap the account you want to remove. 5 Find and tap Remove account [account_settings_delete_account_label] > OK [okay_action] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-869BE5E7-A9F0-491E-B98C-0C9F2A2E36D3 To remove an email account from your device For eD4.1 ICS update. 9 RongrongZ Released*
Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL] and other Google services Indexterm: "Gmail"
If you have a Google account, you can use the Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] application in your phone to read, write and organise email messages. After you set up your Google account to work in the phone, you can also chat to friends using the 95 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Google Talk application, synchronise your phone calendar application with your Google Calendar, and download applications and games from Google Play. The services and features described in this chapter may not be supported in all countries or regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7F044258-0B66-4E0E-95C6-A0946A3F377C Google Mail/Gmail and other Google services Change from Phoenix Android Market changed 10 CynthiaH Released*
To set up a Google account in your phone Indexterm: "Google account setup"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Accounts & sync [sync_settings] > Add account [add_account_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLE-TM] . 3 Follow the registration wizard to create a Google account, or sign in if you already have an account. Your phone is now ready to use with Gmail [GOOGLE-
GMAIL-PLAIN] , Google Talk and Google Calendar. You can also sign in or create a Google account from the setup guide the first time you start your phone. Or you can go online and create an account at www.google.com/accounts. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BF97C658-8B71-43CE-B8CF-47DD6D0FC9A6 To set up a Google account on your device Only replaced "Gmail" with a new label. 8 RongrongZ Released*
To open the Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL] application 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL-NO-TM] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Using email GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3E791330-5603-4425-BBC9-4EDDF20DE362 To open Gmail/Google Mail label with varid GOOGLE-MAIL is replaced with label with varid GOOGLE-
GMAIL-NO-TM 4 Xiaxin Li Released*
GUID-9B3A7116-6682-4D17-97B1-952D5D094A4B Using email - heading only Generic 1 OskarW Released 96 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To create and send an email message 1 Make sure that you have set up an email account. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Email [em_app_name] . 3 If you are using several email accounts, tap ID: ICN-SONY-EMAIL-SELECT-
ACCOUNT at the top of the screen and select the account that you want to use. 4 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CONV-NEW-MESSAGE, then tap To [message_compose_to_hint]
and start typing the recipient's name or email address, or tap BTN-ADD-CONTACT and select one or more recipients from your Contacts list. ID: ICN-SONY-
5 Enter the email subject and message text, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-
SEND-HOLO-LIGHT. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F0395077-1D6B-4C89-99DB-78251B848973 To create and send an email message As per the request from Henrik. Changed from verion 12 into a shorter ver-
sion resembling version 14. 15 Xiaxin Li Released To receive email messages 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. account appears. 3 If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-
phone, tap the bar containing HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. If you want to check all your email accounts at once, tap the bar containing SPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then tap Combined view [mailbox_list_ac-
count_selector_combined_view] . ID: ICN-SONY-
4 To download new messages, tap HOLO-LIGHT. ID: ICN-SONY-IC-MENU-REFRESH-
If you have set up a corporate email account, you can set the check frequency to Automatic
(Push) [account_setup_options_mail_check_frequency_push] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-02C2D920-6923-4830-96DE-028806F248A8 To receive email messages For eD4.1 ICS update. 8 RongrongZ Released*
To read your email messages 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, and select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-
3 In the email inbox, scroll up or down and tap the email you want to read. 4 In the body text field, spread two fingers apart, or pinch them together, to zoom in or out. 5 Use the forward and backward arrows to read your next or previous message. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FD9F4939-113D-4787-883B-F276208977B9 To read your email messages For eD4.1 ICS update. 4 RongrongZ Released*
97 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To view an email message attachment 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-
3 Find and tap the desired message in your email inbox. Emails with attachments are identified by ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-ATTACHMENT. 4 Tap the attachment tab in the email body. All attachments appear in a list. 5 Tap Load [message_view_attachment_load_action] below an attachment item. 6 When the attachment is downloaded, tap View [message_view_attachment_view_action] or Save [message_view_attachment_save_action] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6F871E93-8365-4B52-A027-F547C8999D86 To view an email message attachment For eD4.1 ICS update. 6 RongrongZ Released*
To save a sender's email address to your contacts 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-
3 Find and tap the desired message in your email inbox. 4 Tap the name of the sender. 5 Tap OK [ok] when you are prompted to add the name to your contacts. 6 Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact [pickerNewContactHeader] if you want to create a new contact. 7 Edit the contact information and tap Done [menu_done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2E75631A-CAE2-4121-AF6C-6EE69F5AF6B0 To save a sender's email address to your contacts For eD4.1 ICS update. 8 RongrongZ Released*
To reply to an email message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-
3 Find and tap the message you want to reply to, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-IC-
4 To reply to all, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MORE-ACTIONS-EMAIL, then tap Reply REPLY. all [reply_all_action] . 5 Enter your reply, then tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SEND-HOLO-LIGHT. GUID-004FD0FF-8AF0-4E74-855D-533F78929BB1 To reply to an email message For eD4.1 ICS update. 8 RongrongZ Released*
98 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To forward an email message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-
3 Find and tap the message you want to forward. 4 Tap 5 Tap To [message_compose_to_hint] and enter the recipient's address. 6 Enter your message text, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-MORE-ACTIONS-EMAIL, then tap Forward [forward_action] . ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SEND-HOLO-
LIGHT. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-887997C5-464E-4EC1-8783-06B4402A4008 To forward an email message For eD4.1 ICS update. 9 RongrongZ Released*
To delete an email message 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-
HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. 3 In your email inbox, mark the checkbox for the email you want to delete, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-730E5EA9-179D-443E-9A68-6608AA6E4712 To delete an email message For eD4.1 ICS update. 7 RongrongZ Released*
To mark a read email as unread 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-
3 Mark the checkbox for the desired email, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-SUPPORT-
MAIL-SE. To mark an unread email as read, mark its checkbox, then tap MARK-READ-HOLO-LIGHT. ID: ICN-SONY-IC-MENU-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-401CA411-0A1F-4A0E-9B2B-453A37EF0DDA To mark a read email as unread From eD4.1 ICS update. 1 RongrongZ Released 99 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To star an email 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-
3 Mark the checkbox for the email that you want to star, then tap ID: ICN-
SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN. To unstar an email, mark it, then tap SELECTED. ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7B44517D-C6F1-4D09-AB34-6F9B97705CCE To star an email For eD4.1 ICS update. 1 RongrongZ Released To view all starred emails 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. ID: ICN-SONY-IC-LIST-FOLDER, then tap Starred [account_folder_list_summary_star-
2 Tap red] . Starred emails from all your accounts appear in a list. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-70E72EE5-C600-4C03-8DEC-E8144982DB37 To view all starred emails For eD4.1 ICS update. 1 RongrongZ Released To manage your email in batches 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID:
ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. 2 Mark the checkboxes for the emails you want to select. 3 When you are finished, tap one of the icons in the tool bar to, for example, move the selected emails to another folder. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5AC2F609-65C5-4B19-A063-ED590A5935FF To manage your email in batches For eD4.1 ICS update. 2 RongrongZ Released*
To view all folders for one email account 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID:
ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. ID: ICN-SONY-IC-LIST-FOLDER to view all the folders in the account. 2 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2C45BDBB-3267-4D66-826E-073CEBD6F135 To view all folders for one email account For eD4.1 ICS update. 2 RongrongZ Released*
100 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To change the inbox check frequency 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. 2 Find and tap 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] . 4 If you are using several email accounts, tap the account you want to adjust. 5 Tap Inbox check frequency [account_settings_mail_check_frequency_label] and select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B32A113B-DDD8-467D-AA6A-FB03C67FDF7B To change the email check frequency For eD4.1 ICS update. 5 RongrongZ Released*
101 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only.
"WALKMAN" application GUID Title Changes Version Author Status About Music GUID-623A32D5-8827-4BC1-BB12-BED06D37C97B Music player - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Indexterm: "music"
Get the most out of your Walkman player. Listen to and organise music, audio books and podcasts that you have transferred to your memory card from a computer, or purchased and downloaded from online stores. To make content easily available to the music player, you can use the Media Go application. Media Go helps transfer music content between a computer and a phone. For more information, see Connecting your device to a computer on page 186. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A8C39D26-E150-4F69-BAA7-51F47E3DF81E About Music For Nanhu DS html User guide. 1 JorgenL Released
"WALKMAN" application overview Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "overview"
ID: SCR-11NI-AA-MUSIC-PLAYER-OVERVIEW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Browse your music Search all tracks saved on your device Tap the infinite button to find related information online and plug-ins on Google Play Album art (if available) Go to the next track in the current play queue, or fast forward Total time length of the track Elapsed time of current track Progress indicator drag the indicator or tap along the line to fast forward or rewind Play/Pause button 102 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. 10 Go to the previous track in the current play queue, or rewind GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F3DF136D-A738-4BA8-817C-D323DE096CD4 Music player overview Created it out only for leaving more space. no extra text changed 15 CynthiaH Released Transferring media files to your device Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring to your device"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring to/from a computer"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring to/from a computer"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring to/from a computer"
Before using the "WALKMAN" application, it's a good idea to transfer all your favourite media content from a computer to your device and then play or view this content on your device. Media content can include music, photos and videos. The easiest way to transfer files is with a USB cable. After you connect your device and the computer using the USB cable, you can use the file manager application on the computer or the Media Go application to transfer the files. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B3D6A559-577A-49F9-A2DD-413B05741F63 Copying media files to your memory card Created it only for Xperia Care removed the cross reference 10.1.1 CynthiaH Released Using the "WALKMAN" application Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "using"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CED067CC-9C0E-4FFE-92A0-D1A9A7D11999 Using the music player - heading Changed due to index only added two index 6 CynthiaH Released To play audio content Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "playing"
Indexterm: "playing"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "audio"
Sub-indexterm: "playing"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap PLAYER. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-
2 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , select a music category and browse to the track that you want to open. 3 Tap a track to play it. You might not be able to play copyright-protected items. Please verify that you have necessary rights in material that you intend to share. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To change tracks Indexterm: "music"
GUID-00E786D8-33B6-4A64-91FD-800EEC4D7017 To play audio content Changed for Tablet due to the access changed also added a tip 12 CynthiaH Released 103 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "changing tracks"
When a track is playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-NEXT-NORMAL or ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PREVIOUS-NORMAL. When a track is playing, swipe the album art left or right. GUID Title Changes GUID-7A4E3960-E486-40B9-A360-A3C3CA0E7006 To change tracks No content changed only fixed an index this change will start from Hikari comments from Ed 4 CynthiaH Released Version Author Status To pause a track Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "pausing a track"
Indexterm: "pausing a track"
Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL. GUID-AC80B728-6644-4705-A066-F133C752F665 To pause a track Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 5 CynthiaH Released To fast forward and rewind music Touch and hold ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-NEXT-NORMAL or ID: ICN-
SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PREVIOUS-NORMAL. You can also drag the progress indicator marker right or left. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8D2FC9AE-1F1E-4426-AF2A-041D10DEE2F1 To fast forward and rewind tracks Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 9 CynthiaH Released To adjust the audio volume Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting volume"
Indexterm: "adjusting volume"
Indexterm: "audio"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting volume"
Press the volume key. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4403F052-3019-49AC-9359-660176677C22 To adjust the volume of a track Changed only for Tablet using "WALKMAN" application. Due to the com-
ments from sony removed the first half sentence 8 CynthiaH Released To improve the sound quality using the equaliser Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "using the equaliser"
Indexterm: "equaliser"
Indexterm: "equaliser"
Indexterm: "using the equaliser"
1 When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound enhancements [menu_equalizer_ics] . 3 To adjust the sound manually, drag the frequency band buttons up or down. To adjust the sound automatically, tap SELECT and select a style. ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-EQUALIZER-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EDE19486-44A8-4A55-81A9-99F891AC94ED To improve the sound with the equalizer Created it out due to functional review for odin and yuga. added a step 10 CynthiaH Released 104 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To turn on the surround sound feature Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "using the equaliser"
Indexterm: "surround sound feature"
Indexterm: "equaliser"
1 When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound enhancements [menu_equalizer_ics] > Surround sound (VPT) [sound_enhance_strings_setting_virtual_surround_txt] . 3 Select a setting, then tap OK [okay_action] to confirm. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-904DB65B-22FA-4C19-992C-A703E77DF344 To surround sound Created it due to OMV test for Pollux. only changed one step.removed a la-
bel no text changed 8 CynthiaH Released*
To view the current play queue While a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
MUSIC-PLAY-QUEUE. GUID-8E79652E-4E0C-4EB4-8C95-0DAA260BD4AE To view the current play queue Created it due to comments from OMV removed a label used an icon instead 7 CynthiaH Released To minimise the "WALKMAN" application Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "minimising"
When the "WALKMAN" application is playing, tap BACK to go to the previous screen, or tap to go to the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] . The "WALKMAN"
application stays playing in the background. ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME GUID-B8E944E8-3D03-4080-BBAD-83FC95105859 To minimise the music player Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 6 CynthiaH Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To open the "WALKMAN" application when it is playing in the background 1 While a track is playing in the background, tap the ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-
OPEN-RECENT-APPS to open the Notification panel. 2 Tap the track title to open the "WALKMAN" application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4A52061B-5BEA-4F74-84A3-60DD425EBBAE To return to the music player when used in the background Created it due to OMV test remove step 1 no status bar here 10 CynthiaH Released*
To delete a track Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "tracks"
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting tracks"
Indexterm: "deleting"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , browse to the track that you want to delete. 2 Touch and hold the track title, then tap Delete [gui_delete_txt] . You can also delete albums this way. GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-22F57582-7488-484D-B95E-28258A48B894 To delete a track Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 9 CynthiaH 105 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released To send a track Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , when browsing your tracks , touch and hold a track title. 2 Tap Send [gui_send_txt] . 3 Select an application from the list, and follow the on-screen instructions. You can also send albums and playlists in the same way. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EDC6EF4F-65A2-4936-BD17-63E11FF9215E To share a track Changed only forTablet using "WALKMAN" application also due to the com-
ments from sony. Changed"share"into "send"and also changed the text in step 3 to avoid the expresion which looks like Sony's recommending piracy. 7 CynthiaH Released To "Like" a track on Facebook Indexterm: "recommending music"
Indexterm: ""Like" a track on Facebook"
Indexterm: "Facebook"
Sub-indexterm: ""Like" a track on Facebook"
1 While the track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap the album art. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYER-LIKE-OFF to show that you "Like" the track on Facebook. If desired, add a comment in the comments field. 3 Tap Share [music_like_share_button] to send the track to Facebook. If the track is received successfully, you will get a confirmation message from Facebook. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-20AC8CF4-0C6B-4930-AB1B-BFBAD84F84A9 To recommend a track on Facebook Changed due to Ed comments just removed a label 10 CynthiaH Released Getting more information about a track or artist Indexterm: "infinite button"
Indexterm: "audio content"
Sub-indexterm: "related content"
In the "WALKMAN" application, you can get more information about the artist that you are listening to by tapping the infinite button BUTTON. The infinite button related content such as:
ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITE-BUTTON also gives you access to ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITE-
Music videos on YouTube Artist info on Wikipedia Lyrics on Google Karaoke videos on YouTube Extension searches on the web Content from the PlayNow service The accuracy of search results may vary. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-60343300-62FE-497C-AC6D-38BF1A5FAC89 Searching for related content with the infinite button Changed due to Ed comments 8 CynthiaH Released 106 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To get more information about an artist or track Indexterm: "infinite button"
When a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
INFINITE-BUTTON. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D82BD4D9-626C-4BED-9AEC-21FD1769A11B To search for related content using the infinite button Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 4 CynthiaH Released Using My music to organise your tracks Tap the My music tab in the "WALKMAN" application to get an overview of all the tracks that are available from your device. In My music, you can manage your albums and playlists, create shortcuts, and arrange your music by mood and tempo. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D9CE57C5-B9B0-451E-A430-1C9B527FF2DA Using My music to organise your tracks Device Term Change 5 CynthiaH Released Overview of My music Indexterm: "My music"
Indexterm: "overview"
ID: SCR-11NI-AA-MUSIC-PORTAL 1 2 3 4 Go back to the current track Picture of the currently playing artist (if available) Browse your music by artist Categorise your music using SensMe channels 5 Manage and edit your music using Music Unlimited 6 7 8 9 Browse your favourite playlists Collect links to music and related content that you and friends have shared using online services Browse all playlists Browse audio by track 10 Browse by album GUID Title GUID-1EBBF6F9-6E7A-4EC7-8666-E5AA022452CF Overview of My music 107 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status Created it out only for leaving more space. no extra text changed 7 CynthiaH Released To add a shortcut to a track Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "shortcuts"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-SEARCH-ALBUM, ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-LIBRARY-PLAYLISTS, LIBRARY-TRACKS-BG or browse to the track for which you want to create a shortcut. ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-SEARCH-ARTIST, then ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-
2 Touch and hold the track title. 3 Tap Add as shortcut [music_library_add_portal_shortcut_txt] . The shortcut now appears in the My music main view. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5681CA4D-407C-4B04-A817-64096B1B2216 To add a music track as a shortcut Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed the ac-
cess due to dual diaplay 5 CynthiaH Released To rearrange shortcuts In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and your device vibrates, then drag the item to a new location. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6EC5B302-1B42-4486-8972-7FA79B29BE46 To rearrange shortcuts Device Term Change 5 CynthiaH Released To delete a shortcut Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "shortcuts"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and your device vibrates, then drag the item to ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE. You can only delete shortcuts that you create yourself. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C2DD45A8-3E12-4254-B1F0-CA022001D51E To delete a shortcut Created it out due to Ed review comments keeping minimalism 10 CynthiaH Released*
To update your music with the latest information Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "downloading music information"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Download music info [mc_download_music_info_ics] > Start [mc_strings_start] . Your device searches online and downloads the latest available album art and track information for your music. The SensMe channels application is activated when you download music information. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3195FACE-36F1-409A-A913-BD7B086D97EF To update your music with the latest information Device Term Change 6 CynthiaH Released Categorising your music using SensMe channels Indexterm: "SensMe channels"
108 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. The SensMe channels application helps you arrange your music by mood and tempo. SensMe groups all your tracks into several categories, or channels, so you can select music that matches your mood or suits the time of day. GUID-67E8AAFA-80A6-46FC-8109-B7903972EF94 SensMe channels Changed only due to index no extra text changed 5 CynthiaH Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To enable the SensMe channels application Indexterm: "audio"
Indexterm: "SensMe channels"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Download music info [mc_download_music_info_ics] . This application requires a mobile or Wi-Fi network connection. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C266C1CA-6744-4DD0-BFAF-84B326099827 To enable the SensMe channels Changed due to index only no extra text changed 6 CynthiaH Released Playing music in random order You can play tracks in playlists in random order. A playlist can be, for example, a playlist you have created yourself or an album. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C3CD30B3-5405-46BF-BD8C-358C628CDFE1 Playing music in random order ver 1. Created for Rachael 1 PeterC Released To play tracks in random order Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "playing tracks in random order"
Indexterm: "audio"
Sub-indexterm: "playing tracks in random order"
Indexterm: "shuffle music"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap and navigate to an album, or tap PLAYLISTS and browse to a playlist. ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-SEARCH-ALBUM ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-LIBRARY-
2 Tap the album art, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYER-SHUFFLE-
PRESSED to turn on Shuffle mode [music_shuffle_menu_option_ics] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-37CE98F9-7B76-4219-890D-5469799D15E9 To play tracks in random order Changed a label only no extra text changed 11 CynthiaH Released Managing playlists Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "playlists"
Indexterm: "playlists"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , you can create your own playlists from the music that is saved on your device. In addition, you can install the Media Go application on a computer and use it to copy playlists from the computer to your device. For more information, see Connecting your device to a computer on page 186. GUID Title Changes GUID-22626158-D739-4968-953F-803D81E125B1 Playlists Changed due to comments from concept team deleted a space All text in one paragraph instead 109 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 13 CynthiaH Released To create your own playlists Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "creating playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "creating playlists"
Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "creating"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , to add an artist, album or a track to a playlist, touch and hold the name of the artist or the title of the album or track. 2 In the menu that opens, tap Add to playlist [music_playlist_addto] > Create new playlist
[music_playlist_new_playlist_txt] . 3 Enter a name for the playlist and tap OK [gui_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C3B20171-8719-4A88-B615-8CCE50EF62FB To create your own playlists Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed the ac-
cess due to dual display 11 CynthiaH Released*
To add tracks to a playlist Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "adding a track"
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "adding tracks to playlists"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , when browsing your tracks, touch and hold the name of the artist or the title of the album or track that you want to add. 2 Tap Add to playlist [music_playlist_addto] . 3 Tap the name of the playlist to which you want to add the artist, album or track. The artist, album or track is added to the playlist. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-39684E97-C6CE-4845-A001-9CED3D261997 To add tracks to a playlist Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 5 CynthiaH Released To play your own playlists Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "playing your own"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "My playlists"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-LIBRARY-
PLAYLISTS. 2 Under Playlists [tile_playlists] , tap a playlist. 3 Tap a track to play it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DB3FBE14-71FD-4B1F-ABC1-B79E84860C1C To play your own playlists Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed access due to dual display 8 CynthiaH Released To remove a track from a playlist Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "removing tracks"
1 In a playlist, touch and hold the title of the track you want to delete. 2 Tap Delete from playlist [music_playlist_removefrom] from the list that appears. GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-EEB44D8E-B5E5-4CD5-8218-92D2EA4D722A To remove a track from a playlist Changed from tablet. add a few text into step 2 to be more clearly 4 CynthiaH 110 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released To delete a playlist Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
1 In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , then select Playlists [tile_playlists] . 2 Touch and hold the playlist you want to delete. 3 Tap Delete [gui_delete_txt] . 4 Tap Delete [gui_delete_txt] again to confirm. You cannot delete default playlists. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7D9C6392-3EF2-4E7A-878B-26A541EE5B7E To delete a playlist Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed the ac-
cess due to dual display 11 CynthiaH Released
"WALKMAN" application widget Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application widget"
The "WALKMAN" application widget is a miniature application that gives you direct access to the "WALKMAN" application from your Home screen [homescreen_strings_applica-
tion_name_txt] . You need to add this widget to your Home screen [homescreen_strings_applica-
tion_name_txt] before you can use it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DCDC7539-3C70-43E4-A6DB-1717EB2FE4DA Music player widget Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 5 CynthiaH Released To add the "WALKMAN" application widget to your Home screen 1 Tap an empty area on your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , then tap Widgets [home_cui_menu_widgets_txt] . 2 Find and tap WALKMAN [udoc_no_trans_app_walkman] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BD0DBCF8-67B3-4E14-BF99-5253E114FF48 To add the music player widget to your Home screen Created it out due to functional review comments for odin and yuga. changed a step only 8 CynthiaH Released Protecting your hearing Indexterm: "music"
Listening to the "WALKMAN" application or other media players at excessive volume or for a prolonged period of time can damage your hearing, even when the volume is at a moderate level. To alert you to such risks, a volume level warning appears when the volume is too high, and after the "WALKMAN" application is used for over 20 hours. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0134A3D9-E3C4-41B3-807C-BD82B9697B2E Protecting your hearing Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application 4 CynthiaH Released To turn off the volume level warning Indexterm: "music"
111 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "hearing protection"
When ID: ICN-SONY-LOUD-MUSIC-HVGA appears, tap OK [music_rri_ok_button_txt]
to dismiss the warning. Every time you restart your device, the media volume is automatically set to a moderate level. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E246B5D4-C66C-4CF2-9D96-CD41E2FBE40A To turn off the volume level warning Device Term Change 3 CynthiaH Released TrackID technology Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Indexterm: "searching"
Sub-indexterm: "track information"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 JorgenL Released*
GUID-35468A67-04FE-4B42-A1D9-2A88481C8CD5 TrackID technology - heading only Identifying music using TrackID technology Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Indexterm: "searching"
Sub-indexterm: "track information"
Use the TrackID music recognition service to identify a music track you hear playing in your surroundings. Just record a short sample of the song and youll get artist, title and album info within seconds. You can purchase tracks identified by TrackID and you can view TrackID charts to see what TrackID users around the globe are searching for. For best results, use TrackID technology in a quiet area. The TrackID application and the TrackID service are not supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D1B43D3C-7EEF-4158-8400-C2F30C3ECDE6 TrackID technology add trade mark "TM" for TrackID only no other text change for Dogo 6.1.2 LisaY Released To open the TrackID application Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "opening"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] . ID: ICN-SONY-
You can also use the TrackID widget to open the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C81DD308-62BE-4BBD-A682-CB41B327C1E0 To open the TrackID application Remove the trackID icon in step 2. 7 JessyD Released To search for track information using TrackID Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "searching for track information"
Indexterm: "searching"
Sub-indexterm: "music using TrackID"
Indexterm: "music"
112 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "searching using TrackID"
1 Open the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application, then hold your device towards the music source. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-TRACK-ID. If the track is recognised by the TrackID service, the results appear on the screen. To return to the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] start screen, press BACK. ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E0CB0974-D670-45CF-A0B5-3A8D4B7CD1C8 To search for track information update based on editorial review comment for Huashan 10 LisaY Released To view TrackID charts Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing charts"
1 Open the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application, then tap Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt] . The first time you view a chart, it is set to your own region. 2 To see charts of the most popular searches in other regions, tap ID: ICN-
SONY-KEY-MENU > Regions [ti_options_menu_region_txt] . 3 Select a country or region. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DE4BBE03-E523-459E-A100-616D351C1CC7 To view charts in TrackID update based on editorial review comment for Huashan 5 LisaY Released Using TrackID technology results Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "using results"
Track information appears when the TrackID application recognises a track. You can select to purchase the track or share it using email, SMS or a social networking service. You can also get more information about the track's artist. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-430D27D9-86A8-40F1-AF6F-B98085921378 Using TrackID technology results add "a social network service" based on TID comments for Huashan 10 LisaY Released*
To buy a track recognised by the TrackID application Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "buying a track"
Indexterm: "purchasing"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "purchasing"
1 After a track has been recognised by the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application, tap Download [ti_list_download_txt] . 2 Follow the instructions on your device to complete your purchase. You can also select a track to buy by opening the History [ti_tab_history_txt] or Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt]
tabs from the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] start screen. The track purchase feature may not be supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-142FF661-9B11-4566-BD41-37638DD70719 To buy a track using TrackID technology update step one from Huashan 9 LisaY Released 113 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To share a track Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing a track"
Indexterm: "sharing"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
1 After a track has been recognised by the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application, tap Share [ti_share_button_txt] , then select a sharing method. 2 Follow the instructions on your device to complete the procedure. You can also select a track to share by opening the History [ti_tab_history_txt] or Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt]
tabs from the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] start screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C7FE7DFE-9EF2-483D-A7B2-8A7AFEB7AF60 To share a track text change on step1 from huashan 5 LisaY Released To view the artist information for a track Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing artist info"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing artist info"
After a track has been recognised by the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application, tap Artist info [ti_button_artist_txt] . You can also view the artist information for a track by opening the History [ti_tab_history_txt] or Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt] tabs from the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] start screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6A2E01ED-08A0-4A9D-BAEB-F20954FD50B1 To view the artist information of a track text change on step 1 for Huashan 4 LisaY Released To recommend a track on Facebook Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "recommending a track"
Indexterm: "recommending music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "recommending"
1 When the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application is open, tap a track title. 2 In the track information screen, wait for the ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYER-
LIKE-OFF tab to appear, then tap this tab. 3 Log in to Facebook [Facebook] and recommend the track. The feature may not be supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-98DF18AC-6871-48D1-A9AE-9EA38E711FE0 To recommend a track on Facebook update Facebook label name only from Odin Yuga 2 LisaY Released*
To delete a track from the track history Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting a track"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
1 Open the TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] application, then tap History [ti_tab_history_txt] . 2 Tap a track title, then tap Delete [ti_button_delete_txt] . 3 Tap Yes [gui_yes_txt] to confirm. GUID GUID-20DBCF02-36FD-4981-932B-2A7F0F707A00 114 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status To delete a track from history list update based on editorial review comment for Huashan update from ver-
sion4 6 LisaY Released 115 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. FM radio Indexterm: "radio"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-50B65AF5-0E4E-4C2E-95F9-1EEBF8FE2B3B FM radio - heading only 1 JorgenL Released About the FM radio Indexterm: "radio"
The FM radio in your device works like any FM radio. For example, you can browse and listen to FM radio stations and save them as favourites. You must connect a wired headset or headphones to your device before you can use the radio. This is because the headset or headphones act as an antenna. After one of these devices is connected, you can then switch the radio sound to the speaker, if desired. When you open the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDS information, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BBBAD591-4F98-4597-B54A-EBB6D1DA402D About the FM radio Device term change 2 XuCindy Released To start the FM radio Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "opening"
1 Connect a headset or a set of headphones to your device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 3 Find and tap FM radio [fmradio_strings_application_name_txt]
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-RADIO . The available channels appear as you scroll through the frequency band. When you start the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDS information, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3898AB21-BAB7-40B6-8858-8BA79137E5ED To open the FM radio Device Term Change 4 XuCindy Released To move between radio channels Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting a channel"
Indexterm: "FM radio"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting a channel"
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "moving between channels"
Flick your finger left or right along the frequency band. Drag the tuning dial right or left. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CBBF7274-CC1C-4267-8C7F-F36E2362D7BC To move between radio channels For Nozomi ICS: add 'a' in index 3 XuCindy Released*
To select the radio region Indexterm: "radio"
116 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "radio region"
1 When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Set radio region [fmradio_strings_dialog_title_set_radio_region_txt] . 3 Select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C4C8BAA2-3545-46E9-BA22-591362850F6D To select the radio region For Odin & Yuga 1 XuCindy Released To adjust the visualiser Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "visualiser"
1 When the radio is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Visualizer [fmradio_strings_menu_visualizer_txt] . 3 Select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3DB80072-63E2-4F94-AF7A-7638362DB9AF To adjust the visualizer For Togari HTML: changed from 'visualizer' to 'visualiser'. 2 XuCindy Draft FM radio overview Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: ""
ID: SCR-SONY-EDREAM-RADIO-PORTRAIT 1 2 Radio on/off button View menu options 3 Move up the frequency band to search for a channel 4 A saved favourite channel 5 Move down the frequency band to search for a channel 6 7 8 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Tuning dial Save or remove a channel as a favourite Tuned frequency GUID-37879EDC-C7EC-40D4-A861-001E14183BB5 FM radio overview For taoshan: delete one setting 9 XuCindy Released*
117 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Using your favourite radio channels You can save the radio channels you most frequently listen to as favourites. By using favourites you can quickly return to a radio channel. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BBAC5D23-766F-42C3-94D1-6785FFEB7932 Using favourite radio channels Valid for eDream 2.1 Robyn/Mimmi/Sharkira and onwards. Changed the title according to editor's comment. 2 PeterC Released To save a channel as a favourite Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "favourites"
Indexterm: "favourites"
Sub-indexterm: "saving radio channels as"
Indexterm: "presets"
Sub-indexterm: "saving radio channels as"
1 When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to save as a favourite. 2 Tap 3 Enter a name and select a colour for the channel, then press Save [save_label] . ID: ICN-SONY-AND-RADIO-FAVOURITE-ON. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E43E695E-5D0D-4A62-8D48-1CC6F1866CC3 To save a channel as a favourite For Taoshan: no text change; changed an icon 4 XuCindy Released To remove a channel as a favourite Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "favourites"
Indexterm: "FM radio"
Sub-indexterm: "favourites"
Indexterm: "favourites"
Sub-indexterm: "removing radio channels as"
Indexterm: "presets"
Sub-indexterm: "removing radio channels as"
1 When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to remove. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-ACTION-BTN, then tap Delete
[gui_delete_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-57C07E91-6EAB-4D54-905F-A6BE087320A9 To remove a channel as a favourite For Taoshan: no text change; changed an icon 7 XuCindy Released Making a new search for radio channels If you have moved to a new location or the reception has improved in your current location, you can start a new scan for radio channels. Any favourites you have saved are not affected by a new scan. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7F9E2B72-3E39-4E37-86C0-28B03075A5E6 Making a new search for radio channels ver.1 Created for Robyn/Mimmi RTL 1 PeterC Released To start a new search for radio channels Indexterm: "radio"
118 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "searching for channels"
1 When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Search for channels [fmradio_strings_rescan_radio_stations_txt] . The radio scans the whole frequency band, and all available channels are displayed. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-68ADA9D8-FE98-42F5-85DF-5A0060B85ED6 To starta new search for channels ver. 2 Valid from eDream 3.0 Used in Anzu Hallon + Zeus Global 2 WangT Released Sound settings Indexterm: "radio sound"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FB9045F8-AC19-4401-9A4B-4838EB6B5B3C Sound settings - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Switching the radio sound between devices You can listen to the radio through a wired headset or through wired headphones. Once either device is connected, you can switch the sound to the speaker, if desired. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A7C4F5DA-CB55-4560-B2CE-FDA843730C49 Switching between the speaker and the handsfree Device Term Change 3 XuCindy Released To switch the radio sound to the speaker Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "listening to with the speaker"
1 When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Play in speaker [fmradio_strings_play_in_loadspeaker_txt] . To switch the sound back to the wired headset or headphones, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-
MENU and tap Play in headphones [fmradio_strings_menu_play_in_headphones_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B9A08CE9-BA43-4C99-85FF-9B796DA9CCFB To switch between the speaker and handsfree Device Term Change 4 Gan Lu Released Switching between mono and stereo sound mode You can listen to your FM radio in either mono or stereo mode. In some situations, switching to mono mode can reduce noise and improve sound quality. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F811B111-325A-4DE0-A5CB-A2212EF4DE3B Switching between the stereo sound and the mono sound Correct the misspelling of stereo 2 JessyD Released To switch between mono and stereo sound mode Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "mono sound"
Indexterm: "radio"
119 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "stereo sound"
1 When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Tap Enable stereo sound [fmradio_strings_menu_play_in_stereo_txt] . 3 To listen to the radio in mono sound mode again, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-
MENU and tap Force mono sound [fmradio_strings_menu_play_in_mono_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3FBD4FE8-230A-4F5E-9823-984B1F29EB2D To switch between the mono sound and stereo sound For eD6.0 1 XuCindy Released Identifying radio tracks using TrackID Use TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] technology to identify music tracks as they play on your device's FM radio. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-819ED68C-5940-440C-AA23-CD4827FD3F34 Identifying your music in TrackID Device Term Change 2 Gan Lu Released To identify a song on the FM radio using TrackID Indexterm: "TrackID technology"
Sub-indexterm: "using with the FM Radio"
1 While the song is playing on your device's FM radio, press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU, then select TrackID [ti_application_name_txt] . 2 A progress indicator appears while the TrackID application samples the song. If successful, you are presented with a track result, or a list of possible tracks. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK to return the FM Radio. The TrackID application and the TrackID service are not supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1931C6CE-DD54-4358-89BE-377610C41914 To identify the music your are listening using TrackID For Togari HTML: TrackID text loop. No text changes. 7 XuCindy Draft 120 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Camera Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Indexterm: "still camera"
Indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "recording videos"
Indexterm: "front camera"
Indexterm: "self-portrait"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 JorgenL Released GUID-E4470E6D-79A2-4CE2-AE2C-002C9F139F1A Camera - heading only About the camera Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Indexterm: "still camera"
Indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "recording videos"
Indexterm: "front camera"
Indexterm: "self-portrait"
The camera in your device is equipped with the highly sensitive Exmor R sensor, which helps you capture sharp photos and videos even in low lighting conditions. From the camera, you can, for example, send your photos and videos to friends as messages, or upload them to a web service. Your device also has a front camera, which is useful for self-portraits. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A3159162-1C34-4872-987B-581FC59096EB About the camera Device term change 3 XuCindy Released Camera controls overview Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "overview"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "screen"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "controls"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-CAMERA 1 Zoom in or out 2 Main camera screen 3 4 5 Camera key Activate the camera/Take photos/Record videos View photos and videos Take photos or record video clips 121 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Go back a step or exit the camera Switch between front and main camera Camera setting icons Front camera GUID-6E27C077-E3B0-4F89-B463-8F1BC8016007 Camera controls overview For Huashan and Taoshan: no text changes made; updated according to Huashan camera UI design 7.1.1 XuCindy Released 6 7 8 9 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To open the camera When the screen is active, press and hold down the camera key. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D2317AC7-ACCD-42E1-B05F-3B3D94DD9B2C To activate the camera ICS1,add a condition 4 XuCindy Released*
To close the camera Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "closing"
Press GUID Title Changes Version Author Status ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK from the main camera screen. GUID-72228233-A66D-48CC-90B2-1A216EB6D41B To close the camera add 'from the main camera screen'
2 XuCindy Released Using the still camera Indexterm: "still camera"
There are three ways to take photos with the still camera. You can press the camera key, tap the on-screen camera button, or touch a spot on the screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-81D1BCB4-5421-4999-947E-87B78BA38C54 Using the still camera - heading ICS 1,add a condition 3 XuCindy Released To take a photo using the camera key Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "using the camera key"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
1 Activate the camera. 2 Press the camera key fully down. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-962E2F79-7647-42C7-9A15-B076E0898AB3 To take a photo using the camera key For Odin&Yuga: Detele step 2. 5 XuCindy Released To take a photo by tapping the on-screen camera button Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "by tapping"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
122 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "taking"
1 Activate the camera. 2 Point the camera towards the subject. 3 Tap the on-screen camera button ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ONSCREEN-
BUTTON. The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger. GUID-4622B323-F548-476E-8173-532072C9BCB0 To take a photo by tapping the on-screen button For Odin&Yuga:Delete step 2,3,4. 3 XuCindy Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To take a self-portrait using the front camera Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "self-portraits"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "self-portraits"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
1 Activate the camera. 2 Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then find and select Front camera
[cam_strings_capturing_mode_front_camera_txt] . 3 To take the photo, press the camera key. The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8BA01D91-C162-4CA5-8799-3DFD5099BA0C To take a self-portrait For Odin & Yuga: Delete step 2-4. 9 XuCindy Released To use the zoom function Indexterm: "zoom"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "zoom"
When the camera is open, press the volume key up or down to zoom in or out. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8EB812FD-8599-4290-ACF7-7AB15082F0DC To use zoom Changed for eDream 4.0 3 XuCindy Released To use the still camera flash Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "using the flash"
Indexterm: "flash"
Sub-indexterm: "using when taking photos"
1 When the camera is open, tap 2 Tap Flash [cam_strings_advanced_setting_flash_txt] , and select your desired flash setting. 3 Take the photo. GUID Title Changes ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS. GUID-6075BDDE-DDAA-43BC-8CBB-12AF5C8109DB To use the still camera flash for Mint; text changes made; changed press to tap and changed tags of an icon 5 JessicaL Released Version Author Status To view your photos and videos Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing photos"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
123 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
1 Open the camera, then tap a thumbnail at the top right of the screen to open a photo or video. 2 Flick left or right to view your photos and videos. Videos are identified by ID:
ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To delete a photo GUID-239B38C4-A380-4C4D-99D0-920BADC8FC12 To view your photos For Odin and Yuga: delete a note 8 XuCindy Released 1 Open the photo that you want to delete. 2 Tap an empty area of the screen to make DELETE appear. 3 Tap 4 Tap Delete [video_strings_delete_txt] to confirm. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEW-DELETE. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEW-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D9349D8E-79C5-4E25-96EC-96911F82C141 To delete a photo For Taoshan: change from 'ok' to 'delete'. 8 XuCindy Released Face detection Indexterm: "face detection"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "face detection"
You can use face detection to bring an off-centre face into focus. The camera automatically detects up to five faces, indicated by white frames. A yellow frame shows which face has been selected for focus. Focus is set to the face closest to the camera. You can also tap one of the frames to select which face should be in focus. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-63D9E56D-F38F-4859-BBDB-87F159FC263F Face detection valid for Anzu/Hallon - changed green to yellow 2 JessicaL Released To turn on face detection 1 Activate the camera. 2 Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then select Normal [cam_strings_captur-
ing_mode_normal_txt] . 3 To display all settings, tap 4 Tap Focus mode [cam_strings_focus_mode_txt] > Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detec-
ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS. tion_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5A0ADE83-3ACE-4509-8387-91471C221D56 To set face detection For Pollux: no text changes; changed label string of 'Normal'. 8 XuCindy Released*
To take a photo using face detection Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "using face detection"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
Indexterm: "face detection"
Indexterm: "camera"
124 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "face detection"
1 When the camera is open and Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detection_txt]
turned on, point the camera at your subject. Up to five faces can be detected, and each detected face is framed. 2 Press the camera key halfway down. A yellow frame shows which face is in focus. 3 To take the photo, press the camera key fully down. GUID Title Changes GUID-EFCD189A-01A1-4B22-A685-F15358A3C14A To take a photo using face detection for Tsubasa; text changes made; changed the frame colour from green to yellow according to camera software design 6 JessicaL Released Version Author Status Using Smile Shutter to capture smiling faces Use Smile Shutter technology to photograph a face just as it smiles. The camera detects up to five faces and selects one face for smile detection and auto focus. When the selected face smiles, the camera automatically takes a photo. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-77C6CF85-B277-4D09-995B-C19F88AC0FBE Smile detection old 6.0 version 3 XuCindy Released To turn on Smile Shutter 1 Activate the camera. 2 To display all settings, tap 3 Tap Smile Shutter [cam_strings_smile_shutter_cy_txt] and select a smile level. ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-65983621-42FC-4F42-8CF8-06C2A05ABBE4 To set smile detection For Odin&Yuga: Delete step 2. 9 XuCindy Released*
To take a photo using Smile Shutter Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "using smile detection"
Sub-indexterm: "using Smile Shutter"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "smile detection"
Sub-indexterm: "Smile Shutter"
Indexterm: "smile detection"
Indexterm: "Smile Shutter"
1 When the camera is open and Smile Shutter is turned on, point the camera at your subject. The camera selects which face to focus on. 2 The face selected appears inside a green frame and the photo is taken automatically. 3 If no smile is detected, press the camera key to take the photo manually. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4AFCD885-96FC-408B-BE91-7BAA76C90ADD To take a photo using smile detection For Pollux: change index name 9 XuCindy Released Adding the geographical position to your photos Indexterm: "geotagging"
Sub-indexterm: "of photos"
125 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "adding the geographical position"
Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "geotagging"
Turn on geotagging to add the approximate geographical location (a geotag) to photos when you take them. The geographical location is determined either by wireless networks (mobile or Wi-Fi networks) or GPS technology. When geotagging is turned on but the geographical position has not been found. When ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears, geotagging is turned on and the geographical location is available, so your photo can get geotagged. When neither of these two symbols appears, geotagging is turned off. ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-GPS-ON appears on the camera screen, ID:
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DBEA8510-B4CD-4F62-8720-DA299E7B3EC8 Adding the geographical position to your photos Changed for eDream 4.0 5 XuCindy Released To turn on geotagging Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing same location"
Indexterm: "location"
1 Activate the camera. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Geotagging [cam_strings_advanced_set-
ting_geo_tag_txt] > On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt] . 3 Tap OK [gui_ok_txt] to agree to enable GPS and/or wireless networks. 4 Check the options that you want to select under Location services [location_set-
tings_title] . 5 After you confirm your settings, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK to return to the camera screen. 6 If ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears on the camera screen, your location is available and your photo can get geotagged. If not, check your GPS and/or wireless network connection. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1DF05979-1001-4B28-B041-BFB6FFDFA30A To turn on geotagging For Odin&Yuga: Delete Step 2. 9 XuCindy Released*
Using still camera settings Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "still camera "
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2D0BFF4E-8F39-4AD6-9126-43093042FC18 Using still camera settings - heading Valid from e-dream 3.0. 2 JessicaL Released To adjust the still camera settings Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "still camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
1 Activate the camera. 2 To display all settings, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS. 3 Select the setting that you want to adjust, then edit as desired. GUID Title Changes GUID-FD8232A8-DD3A-4B07-9782-F50929353DFB To select still camera settings For Odin&Yuga: Delete step 2; changed in step 3 126 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 4 XuCindy Released To customise the still camera settings panel 1 When the camera is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS to display all 2 Touch and hold the setting you want to move and drag it to the desired settings. position. If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-55ABBAD7-0AEB-4CCD-ABB0-75A1EE05973C To customise the still camera settings panel for Mint; text changes made; changed press to tap and changed tags of an icon 2 JessicaL Released*
Still camera settings overview Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "still camera"
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
SUPERIOR-AUTO Superior auto [cam_strings_capturing_mode_superior_auto_cy_txt]
Optimise your settings to suit any scene. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-CAP-
Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt]
MODE-NORMAL ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
FRONT-CAMERA Front camera [cam_strings_capturing_mode_front_camera_txt]
Select the front camera if you want to take self-portrait photos. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
PICTURE-EFFECT Picture effect [cam_strings_capturing_mode_pic_effect_cy_txt]
Apply effects to photos. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-CAP-
Scene selection [cam_strings_capturing_mode_scene_selection_cy_txt]
MODE-SCENE-RECOGNITION ID: ICN-SONY-SWEEP-
PANORAMA Sweep Panorama [cam_3d_strings_sweep_panorama_short_txt]
Use this setting to take wide-angle, panoramic photos. Just press the camera key and move the camera steadily from one side to the other. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D8AFAD06-81E4-446A-B2B8-5F965BC263AB Still camera settings overview - separated from Still camera settings for Tsubasa; added new settings such as Superior Auto and Picture effect 3.1.1.1.1 JessicaL Released*
Resolution Choose between several picture sizes and aspect ratios before taking a photo. A photo with a higher resolution requires more memory. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-RESOLUTION-
SETTING-5MP 5MP 4:3 [cam_strings_resolution_5mp_txt]
5 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution. ID:
ID:
3MP 16:9 [cam_strings_resolution_3mp_txt]
3 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. A high resolution widescreen format. Has a higher resolution than full HD. Suitable for photos you want to view on widescreen displays. 2MP 4:3 [cam_strings_resolution_2mp_txt]
2 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays. 127 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-RESOLUTION-
SETTING-2MP 2MP 16:9 [cam_strings_resolution_full_hd_txt]
2 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on widescreen displays. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-50E3A0A3-30F1-419A-95F5-8E31E958B605 Resolution - separated from Still camera settings no text change; separated Resolution from Still camera settings 1 JessicaL Released*
Flash Use the flash to take photos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is a backlight. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
QUICK-SETTINGS-FLASH-
AUTO Auto [cam_strings_advanced_setting_auto_txt]
The camera automatically determines if the lighting conditions require the use of a flash. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
QUICK-SETTINGS-FLASH-
FILL Fill flash [cam_strings_advanced_setting_flash_fill_flash_txt]
Use this setting when the background is brighter than the subject. This removes unwanted dark shadows. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
QUICK-SETTINGS-FLASH-
OFF ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
QUICK-SETTINGS-FLASH-
RED-EYE-REDUCTION Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The flash is turned off. Sometimes photo quality can be better without the flash, even if lighting conditions are poor. Taking a good photo without using the flash requires a steady hand. Use the self-timer to avoid blurred photos. Red-eye reduction [cam_strings_advanced_setting_flash_red_eye_reduc_txt]
Reduces the red colour of eyes when taking a photo. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-53732C87-D236-4E9D-A3DB-419A332ADCAA Flash - separated from Still camera settings no text change; separated the Flash part from Still camera settings 1 JessicaL Released Self-timer With the self-timer you can take a photo without holding the device. Use this function to take self-portraits, or group photos where everyone can be in the photo. You can also use the self-timer to avoid shaking the camera when taking photos. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELF-
TIMER-ON ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELF-
TIMER-ON-TWO-SEC ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELF-
TIMER-OFF On (10 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_selftimer_duration_txt]
Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken. On (2 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_self_timer_two_sec_txt]
Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken. Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The photo is taken as soon as you tap the camera screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F58EF0AC-D869-4017-ACFA-0D971DC83DCE Self-timer - separated from Still camera overview For Pollux HTML: change two labels. 3 XuCindy Released Smile Shutter Use the smile shutter function to determine what kind of smile the camera reacts to before taking a photo. GUID GUID-D65717B3-5AB0-4C82-A1BE-8F0996B7FB5B 128 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status Smile detection - separated from Still camera settings for Tsubasa; text changes made; changed Smile detection to Smile Shutter to align with Sony camera products 2 JessicaL Released Quick launch Use Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device is in sleep mode of camera, press the camera key. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAPTURE-
PRESSED Launch and capture [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is captured immediately after the camera is launched from sleep mode. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-
NORMAL ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-
VIDEOREC-NORMAL Launch only (still camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is launched from sleep mode. Launch and record video [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_vid-
eo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot immediately after the camera video camera is launched from sleep mode. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-VIDEO-
PRESSED Launch only (video camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_video_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is launched from sleep mode. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-LAUNCH-
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
CAPTURE-OFF GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A3E21A95-B04C-455D-95F0-7A70EAA0EF9D Quick launch For Odin and Yuga: modify the description of quick launch 4 XuCindy Released*
Focus mode The focus function controls which part of a photo should be sharp. When continuous autofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the yellow focus frame stays sharp. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-FOCUS-
MODE-SINGLE-AF ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-FOCUS-
MODE-MULTI-AF ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-FOCUS-
MODE-FACE-
DETECTION Single autofocus [cam_strings_focus_mode_single_af_txt]
The camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on. Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when you release your finger. Multi autofocus [cam_strings_focus_mode_multi_af_txt]
The focus is automatically set on several areas of the image. Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when you release your finger. Continuous autofocus is off. Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detection_txt]
The camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. The camera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on by tapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a blue frame shows which face is selected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus is on. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-CAP-MODE-
TOUCH-CAPTURING Touch focus [cam_strings_focus_mode_touch_focus_txt]
Touch a specific area on the camera screen to set the area of focus. Continuous autofocus is off. Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when you release your finger. 129 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAM-OBJECT-
TRACKING Object tracking [cam_strings_focus_mode_object_tracking_txt]
When you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it for you. This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9554F8D4-BDAB-4479-8A03-C5041ECA6385 Focus mode - separated from Still camera settings For Pollux: no text changes; changed label string of 'Normal'. 5.3.1 XuCindy Released*
Exposure value ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
QUICK-EXPOSURE-LEVEL-TCH Determine the amount of light in the photo you want to take. A higher value indicates an increased amount of light. This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-91AEAD7C-18FA-4B92-AAB0-7C10B6678961 Exposure value - separated from Still camera settings For Tsubasa html User guide. Removed lines tag. 2.1.1 JorgenL Released HDR Use the HDR (High Dynamic Range) setting to take a photo against strong back light or in conditions where the contrast is sharp. HDR compensates for the loss of detail and produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright areas. This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BA0E0681-02F9-43FD-90AC-C6766538D74E HDR - camera For Odin and Yuga: add a note 2 XuCindy Released White balance The white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lighting conditions. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-AUTO Auto [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_auto_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance automatically to suit the lighting conditions. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-
INCANDESCENT Incandescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_incandes-
cent_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions, such as under light bulbs. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-
FLUORESCENT Fluorescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_fluores-
cent_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for fluorescent lighting. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-DAYLIGHT Daylight [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_day_light_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-CLOUDY Cloudy [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_cloudy_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for a cloudy sky. This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode. GUID Title GUID-CCD95519-AFAE-4267-9515-C7C64AEF3A86 White balance - separated from Still camera settings 130 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status for Tsubasa; no text changes made; changed a label 3 JessicaL Released ISO You can reduce image blurring caused by dark conditions or moving subjects by increasing the ISO sensitivity. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-AUTO Auto [cam_strings_settings_auto_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity automatically. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-100 ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-200 ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-400 ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-800 100 [cam_strings_iso_100_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 100. 200 [cam_strings_iso_200_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 200. 400 [cam_strings_iso_400_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 400. 800 [cam_strings_iso_800_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 800. This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EBC172A1-DE26-4D17-84F4-89DFB71D3277 ISO - separated from Still camera settings For Taoshan: delete one setting iso1600 3 XuCindy Released Metering This function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring the amount of light striking the image you want to capture. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-
METERING-CENTER ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-
METERING-AVERAGE ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-
METERING-SPOT Center [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_center_txt]
Adjusts the exposure to the centre of the image. Average [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_average_txt]
Calculates the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image. Spot [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_spot_txt]
Adjusts the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture. This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-37A6CA5A-3FEC-4530-B7BA-56B28971279D Metering - separated from Still camera settings For Dogo: changed on the words accoridng to ed. review. 4 XuCindy Released Image stabiliser When taking a photo, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser helps you by compensating for small movements of the hand. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5C247A77-68D8-43C5-B54C-F7AC962C69E7 Image stabiliser - separated from Still camera settings for Pollux; term change made 2 JessicaL Released 131 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Geotagging Tag photos with details of where you took them. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-
GEOTAG-ON On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
When geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to photos when you take them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features from the Settings [settings_label] menu. For geotags to be added to a photo, the location must be determined before you take the photo. Your location is determined when ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears on the camera screen. When your device is searching for your position, appears. ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-GPS-ON ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-
GEOTAG-OFF Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
When geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a photo. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7CA8028F-3C9B-47C4-82E6-EBECC45818EF Geotagging - separated from Still camera settings For Odin HTML: remove cross reference 4 XuCindy Released Preview You can choose to preview the photo just after you have taken or the video you have recorded. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEW-
DURATION-SETTING-NOLIMIT Unlimited [cam_strings_preview_duration_unlimited_txt]
The preview of the photo or video appears after you have taken. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEW-
DURATION-SETTING-5SEC 5 seconds [cam_strings_preview_duration_5sec_txt]
The preview of the photo or video apears for 5 seconds after you have taken. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEW-
DURATION-SETTING-3SEC 3 seconds [cam_strings_preview_duration_3sec_txt]
The preview of the photo or video appears for 3 seconds after you have taken. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEW-
DURATION-SETTING-OFF Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The photo or video has been saved after you have taken, no preview appears. This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B371194F-AA5E-412A-BB97-412E22A9118C Preview - separated from still camera settings changed 'normal' label strings: valid for all. 2 XuCindy Released Auto upload Automatically upload updates to photos to a pre-selected social networking service
(SNS). GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-50B64185-716A-4532-AEC5-335636BAB190 Auto upload - separated from Still camera settings 1 XuCindy Released Touch capture Identify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available when focus mode is set to touch focus. 132 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-SETTINGS-TOUCH-
On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
CAPTURE-ON ID: ICN-SONY-EDREAM-CAM-ADV-SETTINGS-TOUCH-CAP-OFF Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6F453966-3773-4C86-8B4D-7BA72FEDC47E Touch capture - for both Still and video camera settings 1 XuCindy Released Shutter sound Choose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-41F4BDE1-4227-4DD9-ADA6-CB37D174758C Shutter sound - separated from Video camera settings For Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings 1 JessicaL Released Data storage You can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device's internal storage. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-INTERNAL-STORAGE Internal storage [spb_strings_gen_emmc_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the device memory. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-SD-CARD SD card [spb_strings_gen_sd_card_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the SD card. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-86D0BE1A-D724-4F2A-A75F-87BD85ADF4D6 Data storage - separated from both Still and Video camera settings 1 XuCindy Released Using the video camera Indexterm: "video camera"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "video"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-90BE8273-E40F-403A-A176-CB6A64CFAE44 Using the video camera - heading Generic 1 PeterC Released To record a video using the camera key Indexterm: "recording videos"
Sub-indexterm: "using the camera key"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "recording videos"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "recording"
1 Activate the camera. 2 To start recording a video, press the camera key. 3 To stop recording, press the camera key again. Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results. GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-77DC2CA9-B6A6-447C-8FFB-42EA365E6169 To record a video using the shutter key For Odin and Yuga: delete step 2. 5 XuCindy 133 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released To record a video by tapping the screen Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "recording videos"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "recording"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Sub-indexterm: "recording videos"
1 Activate the camera. 2 Point the camera towards the subject. 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-GINGERBREAD-CAM-START-RECORDING to start 4 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-GINGERBREAD-CAM-STOP-RECORDING to stop recording. recording. Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-02644258-588E-4C5E-8826-2638BE96058B To record a video by tapping the on-screen button JB update 3 Nozomi: no text change; changed icn name only. 4 XuCindy Released*
To play recorded videos Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing videos"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "videos recorded using the camera"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
1 Activate the camera. 2 Tap the thumbnails at the top right of the screen. 3 Flick left or right to browse all photo and video files. Videos are identified by ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. 4 Tap 5 To stop playing the video, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL to play a video. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-
NORMAL or ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9F3A0F88-1945-4F2C-8DB3-A91268BEC4EE To play recorded videos For Odin&Yuga: Delete step 2 and note 8 XuCindy Released To delete a recorded video 1 Browse to the video that you want to delete. 2 Tap an empty area of the screen to make ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEW-
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEW-DELETE. DELETE appear. 3 Tap 4 Tap OK to confirm. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AC37F567-3419-42A0-A489-D8EEE0DD20AD To delete a recorded video For Odin&Yuga: Added a step. 6 XuCindy Released*
Using the video camera settings Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "video camera "
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-8751CE92-CEAD-4007-A5DC-7AF323A30E5E Using video camera settings - heading Using the video camera settings according to Odin 2nd editor review 2.1.1 XuCindy 134 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released To adjust the video camera settings Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
1 Activate the camera. 2 Tap one of the settings icons on the screen. 3 To display all settings, tap 4 Select the setting that you want to adjust, then make your changes. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D55F26C3-5C2A-4588-9439-7D6642398DC5 To select video camera settings For Pollux: changed grammar 5 XuCindy Released*
ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS. To customise the video camera settings panel 1 When the video camera is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS to 2 Touch and hold the setting that you want to move, then drag it to the desired display all settings. position. If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F4D69895-0C2F-451C-9467-0D140C207B11 To customize the video camera settings panel for Mint; text changes made; changed press to tap and changed tags of an icon 3 JessicaL Released Video camera settings overview Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "icons"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "icons"
Sub-indexterm: "in the camera"
Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: ""
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-VIDEO-
CAMERA Video camera [cam_strings_capturing_mode_video_camera_short_txt]
Select the video camera if you want to record videos. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-FRONT-VIDEO-
CAMERA Front video [cam_strings_capturing_mode_front_video_short_txt]
Select the front video if you want to record self-portrait videos. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-890099DB-D0D0-43C9-97DB-8036F9450CE1 Video camera settings overview For Togari HTML: no text change; changed icon strings. 3 XuCindy Draft Scenes The Scenes feature helps you to quickly set up the camera for common situations using pre-programmed scenes. The camera determines a number of settings for you to fit the selected scene, ensuring the best possible video. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-SCENE-
NORMAL Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The Scenes feature is off and you can shoot videos manually. 135 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-SCENE-
SOFTSNAP ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-SCENE-
LANDSCAPE Soft snap [cam_strings_scenes_soft_snap_cy_txt]
Use for shooting videos against soft backgrounds. Landscape [cam_strings_scenes_landscape_txt]
Use for videos of landscapes. The camera focuses on distant objects. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-SCENE-NIGHT-
SCENE Night [cam_strings_scenes_nightmode_txt]
When turned on, light sensitivity is increased. Use in poorly lit environments. Videos of fast-moving objects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use a support. Turn off night mode when lighting conditions are good, to improve the video quality. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-SCENE-BEACH-
SNOW ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-SCENE-SPORT ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-SCENE-PARTY Beach and snow [cam_strings_scenes_beachsnow_txt]
Use in bright environments to avoid underexposed videos. Sports [cam_strings_scenes_sports_txt]
Use for videos of fast-moving objects. Short exposure time minimises motion blurring. Party [cam_strings_scenes_party_txt]
Use for indoor videos in poorly lit environments. This scene picks up indoor background lighting or candlelight. Videos of fast-moving objects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use a support. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5EDE7E57-7ED0-4F23-B63E-07FFE0EDB131 Scenes - separated from Video camera settings for Tusbasa; text changes made; added the Soft Snap setting 5 JessicaL Released*
Video resolution Adjust the video resolution for different formats. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
RESOLUTION-SETTING-HD 1280720(16:9) [cam_strings_video_resolution_1280]
HD (High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1280720 pixels. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
RESOLUTION-SETTING-VGA 640480(4:3) [cam_strings_video_resolution_vga]
VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 640x480 pixels. ID:
320240(4:3) [cam_strings_video_resolution_320_240]
Quarter VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 320x240 pixels. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
RESOLUTION-SETTING-MMS 176144(11:9) [cam_strings_video_resolution_mms]
Record videos suitable for sending in multimedia messages. The recording time of this video format is limited to fit in a multimedia message. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7E69C4F2-7B4D-46FF-8C9B-7026429FB366 Video size - separated from Video camera settings For JB update 3: Lotus.not in use. 1.1.2 XuCindy Draft Self-timer With the self-timer you can record a video without holding the device. Use it to record group videos where everyone can be in the video. You can also use the self-timer to avoid shaking the camera when recording videos. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELF-
TIMER-ON On (10 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_selftimer_duration_txt]
Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELF-
TIMER-ON-TWO-SEC On (2 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_self_timer_two_sec_txt]
Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record. 136 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELF-
TIMER-OFF Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The video begins to record as soon as you tap the camera screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D819F98C-8A85-44F0-90E5-2478C221D341 Self-timer - separated from Video camera settings for Pollux; term change made 2 XuCindy Released Quick launch Use Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device is in sleep mode of camera, press the camera key. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAPTURE-
PRESSED Launch and capture [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is captured immediately after the camera is launched from sleep mode. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-
NORMAL ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-
VIDEOREC-NORMAL Launch only (still camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is launched from sleep mode. Launch and record video [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_vid-
eo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot immediately after the camera video camera is launched from sleep mode. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
SLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-VIDEO-
PRESSED Launch only (video camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_video_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is launched from sleep mode. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-LAUNCH-
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
CAPTURE-OFF GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A3E21A95-B04C-455D-95F0-7A70EAA0EF9D Quick launch For Odin and Yuga: modify the description of quick launch 4 XuCindy Released*
Focus mode The focus setting controls which part of a video should be sharp. When continuous autofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the white focus frame stays sharp. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-FOCUS-
MODE-SINGLE-AF ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-FOCUS-
MODE-FACE-
DETECTION Single autofocus [cam_strings_focus_mode_single_af_txt]
The camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on. Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detection_txt]
The camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. The camera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on by tapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a green frame shows which face is selected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus is on. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A90913F5-D710-413B-8710-073469C04CB2 Focus mode - separated from Video camera settings for Mint; no text changes made; removed the infinity setting 3 JessicaL Released*
137 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Exposure value ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
QUICK-EXPOSURE-LEVEL-TCH This setting allows you to determine the amount of light in the image you capture. A higher value indicates an increased amount of light. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-069267FB-9F1C-485A-BE7D-67237399139D Exposure value - separated from Video camera settings For Tsubasa html User guide. Removed not working lines tag. 1.1.1 JorgenL Released Video HDR Use the video HDR (High-Dynamic Range) setting to record a video against strong back light or in conditions where the contrast is sharp. Video HDR compensates for the loss of detail and produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright areas. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-65A1A984-7995-4588-A86F-07C76DD284C8 Video HDR - video 1 XuCindy Released White balance The white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lighting conditions. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-AUTO Auto [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_auto_txt]
Adjust the colour balance automatically to the lighting conditions. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-
INCANDESCENT Incandescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_incandes-
cent_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions, such as under light bulbs. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-
FLUORESCENT Fluorescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_fluores-
cent_txt]
Adjust the colour balance for fluorescent lighting. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-DAYLIGHT Daylight [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_day_light_txt]
Adjust the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-
SETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-CLOUDY Cloudy [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_cloudy_txt]
Adjust the colour balance for a cloudy sky. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-893AE629-E040-473B-A646-DDD824381DCC White balance - separated from Video camera settings for Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings 1 JessicaL Released Metering This function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring the amount of light striking the image that you want to capture. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-
METERING-CENTER ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-
METERING-AVERAGE Center [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_center_txt]
Adjust the exposure to the centre of the image. Average [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_average_txt]
Calculate the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image. 138 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-
ADVANCED-SETTINGS-
METERING-SPOT Spot [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_spot_txt]
Adjust the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-16EA22DD-0E21-451B-9654-5C1DE476B434 Metering - separated from Video camera settings For Pollux: delete a note 2 XuCindy Released Image stabiliser When recording a video, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser helps you by compensating for small movements of the hand. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BA0386BA-84CF-43F3-8E8E-C2FB51CED9F2 Image stabiliser - separated from Video camera settings for Pollux; term change made 2 XuCindy Released Geotagging Tag videoss with details of where you took them. ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-
GEOTAG-ON ID: ICN-SONY-
CAMERA-
GEOTAG-OFF On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
When geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to videos when you take them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features from the Settings [settings_label] menu. For geotags to be added to a video, the location must be determined before you take the video. Your location is determined when ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears on the camera screen. When your device is searching for your position, appears. ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-GPS-ON Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
When geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a video. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B4018131-CF65-4509-819D-BC177282DA8E Geotagging - separated from video camera settings JB update 3 1 XuCindy Released Microphone Select whether to pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D1755DC3-3516-47EA-8FCB-919814BC27EB Microphone - separated from Video camera settings for Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings 1 JessicaL Released Touch capture Identify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available when focus mode is set to touch focus. ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-SETTINGS-TOUCH-
On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
CAPTURE-ON ID: ICN-SONY-EDREAM-CAM-ADV-SETTINGS-TOUCH-CAP-OFF Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
GUID Title GUID-6F453966-3773-4C86-8B4D-7BA72FEDC47E Touch capture - for both Still and video camera settings 139 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status 1 XuCindy Released Shutter sound Choose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-41F4BDE1-4227-4DD9-ADA6-CB37D174758C Shutter sound - separated from Video camera settings For Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings 1 JessicaL Released Data storage You can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device's internal storage. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-INTERNAL-STORAGE Internal storage [spb_strings_gen_emmc_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the device memory. ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-SD-CARD SD card [spb_strings_gen_sd_card_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the SD card. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-86D0BE1A-D724-4F2A-A75F-87BD85ADF4D6 Data storage - separated from both Still and Video camera settings 1 XuCindy Released 140 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. GUID-C9C9DC20-84F0-433F-9E0C-58124EC6DC3F Album - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Album Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status About Album Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Use Album to view photos and play videos that youve taken with your camera, or to view similar content that you've saved to your device. You can add geotags to your photos and videos, and then view them on a world map. In Album, you can also view photos and videos that you've uploaded to an online service, for example, to a Picasa web album. From Album, you can share your favourite photos and videos with friends via Bluetooth wireless technology, email, messaging and various online services. You can also perform basic editing tasks on photos and set them as wallpaper or contact pictures. For more information, see Connecting your device to a computer on page 186. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0C711360-DD0E-4CB8-ACA5-9A658EE68F7D About Album 1 PengLeon Released*
Album tab overview The following tabs are available in Album:
Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] view all photos and videos saved to the memory card. Maps [album_tab_places_txt] view your geotagged photos and video clips on a world map. Online [album_tab_online_txt] view your online albums. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CB4D15AC-CB5D-4CD6-8A9F-615E6C43ACB9 Album tab overview For Nozoimi ICS. only changed a label from Camera to Pictures. 1.1.1 RongrongZ Released To open Album Indexterm: "photo albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "video albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "opening"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] . ID: ICN-SONY-
If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways, mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] . GUID GUID-70F2F687-424C-4551-884F-DE2FADD2DCF3 141 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status To open Album Valid from Pollux only Device condition added 4 PengLeon Released Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing local content"
In the Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab in Album, you can view your photos and videos in thumbnails in a grid view. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7CFC5610-3AFB-4143-A0DD-256EAF1AA6FF Viewing your photos and videos in Pictures tab Device Term Change Valid from Odin and Yuga (List view related contents removed) 5 PengLeon Released Overview of Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "pictures"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-PICTURE-GRID-OVERVIEW-WVGA 1 2 3 4 5 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Grid view of photos and videos. View menu options. Scroll up or down to view content. Tap a photo or video to view it. The date and number of items in the group below. GUID-E6EC185C-6CDA-42FF-B58C-7FA96CDD8695 Overview of Picture tab Device Term Change. 7 RongrongZ Released*
To view photos and videos in grid view Indexterm: "photos"
142 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "photo viewer"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] . All photos and videos are displayed in a chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
3 Tap a photo or video to view it. 4 Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo or video. If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways, mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9E9154B9-0E5F-460C-9ED7-78C88771BEC4 To view photos and videos in grid view Valid from Pollux only Device condition added 11 PengLeon Released To change the size of the thumbnails in Album Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "thumbnail size"
When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, spread two fingers apart to zoom in, or pinch two fingers together to zoom out. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CEAF453F-B0F8-41B0-822B-CA2B33FDC1FF To change the size of the photo and video thumbnails in Album From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.0). Text changed. 3 RongrongZ Released To work with batches of photos or videos in Album Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting"
1 When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU, then tap Select items [album_options_mark_mode_txt] . 2 Tap the items you want to work with. Selected items are indicated by a blue 3 Use the tools in the toolbar at the top of the screen to work with your selected frame. items. To activate selection mode, you can also touch and hold an item until its frame turns blue. Then you can tap other items to select them. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5199D8F4-B9B0-4E8C-89D7-56DB01A9A010 To work with batches of photos or videos From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Text changed. 6 RongrongZ Released Viewing photos and videos in the My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] tab Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "Album"
The following tiles are available in My albums:
Camera albums [album_divider_camera_albums_txt] view all photos and videos taken with your devices camera. 143 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Internal memory [album_divider_internalmemory_albums_txt] view all photos and videos saved to your device's internal storage. My SD card [album_divider_memorycard_albums_txt] view all photos and videos saved to a removable memory card in your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E2F2FDE5-56BD-41EF-8054-92E5AEB1ABDA Viewing photos and videos in My albums tab Valid from Huashan (only changed Tab to Tile according to TID comments) 2 PengLeon Released*
Overview of My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] tab Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "My albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-MY ALBUM-LIST-OVERVIEW-WVGA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status View photos and videos using the PlayMemories online service. View photos and videos on Facebook. View photos and videos in Picasa. View all photos and videos saved to the removable memory card. View all photos and videos saved to your device's internal storage. View all photos with faces. View your photos in globe mode. View your photos on a map. View all photos and videos taken with your devices camera. GUID-6D2E2C78-45CA-4F7E-9EE9-3E0A8E7A2B3D Overview of My albums tab valid from Togari only the Face feature description added 5 PengLeon Released 144 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To view content in list view in the Camera albums tile 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Camera albums [album_divider_camera_albums_txt] . 3 Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
4 Tap a photo or video to view it. 5 Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo or video. If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways, mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ED17CFDD-41FA-443C-9995-B8DCAA048F5F To view content in list view in the Camera albums tile Valid from Pollux only Device condition added 3 PengLeon Released To view content in list view in the Internal memory tile 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Internal memory [album_divider_internalmemory_albums_txt] . 3 Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
4 Tap a photo or video to view it. 5 Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo or video. If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways, mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CEB86E94-D783-4941-BDE0-DCF7022825D3 To view content in list view in the Internal memory tile Valid from Pollux only Device condition added 3 PengLeon Released To view content in list view in the My SD card tile 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > My SD card
[album_divider_memorycard_albums_txt] . 3 Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-
4 Tap a photo or video to view it. 5 Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo or video. If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways, mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version GUID-39256779-538C-4305-9C60-D8A86F2E8398 To view content in list view in the My SD card tile Valid from Pollux only Device condition added 3 145 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status PengLeon Released To view photos with faces in list view in the Faces tile 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Faces [al-
bum_dashboard_tile_faces_txt] . 3 Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a chronologically ordered grid. 4 Tap a photo to view it. 5 Flick left to view the next photo. Flick right to view the previous photo. If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways, mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3D1914BE-78F3-43BB-9C54-1668AFC9D076 To view photos with faces in list view in the Face tile Valid from Pollux only Device condition added 2 PengLeon Released Working with photos in Album You can edit photos in Album. For example, you can crop photos, associate them with contacts, or use them as wallpaper. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ADC46697-50D7-4C66-978F-F384F4DA0D8D Working with photos in Album From Nozomi ICS (eDream 6.1). No text change. Only changed app's name from Gallery to Album. 4 RongrongZ Released To zoom a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "zooming"
Indexterm: "zooming"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, double-tap the screen to zoom in. Double-tap again When you are viewing a photo, spread two fingers apart to zoom in, or pinch two to zoom out. fingers together to zoom out. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FA6FB193-0FB8-4C87-9768-B43CEFBA44A0 To zoom a photo Changed from edream 6.0 6 CynthiaH Released To watch a slideshow of your photos Indexterm: "slideshow"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "slideshow"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Slideshow [album_option_slideshow_txt] to start playing all the photos in an album. 2 Tap a photo to end the slideshow. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ED692E31-B1E1-4A66-BA4A-3E41B1CAC491 To watch a slideshow of your photos From Nozomi ICS (eDream 6.1). Text changed in step 1. 5 RongrongZ Released*
146 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To watch a slideshow of your photos with music Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "SensMe slideshow"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "SensMe slideshow"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > SensMe slideshow [album_options_sensme_pictures_txt] . 2 Select the music and theme that you want to use for the slideshow, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. The Album application analyses your photos and uses SensMe music data to play a slideshow. 3 To pause playing, tap the screen to display the controls, then tap ID: ICN-
SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-909BEA45-DC15-4EC4-AB19-328F878A9060 To watch a slideshow of your photos with music Valid for Xperia Care 1.1.1 PengLeon Released To rotate a photo Indexterm: "rotating"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "rotating"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 2 Select Rotate left [album_option_rotate_left_txt] or Rotate right [album_option_rotate_right_txt] . The photo is saved in the new orientation. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FC0207B6-9145-4A5C-87BC-01B5969CC3D1 To rotate a photo From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Tex reused from released topics. 5 RongrongZ Released*
To crop a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "cropping"
Indexterm: "cropping"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "resizing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] >
SONY-ALBUM-CROP > Crop [album_option_crop_txt] . ID: ICN-
2 To adjust the crop frame, touch and hold the edge of the crop frame. When the squares at the edges disappear, drag inward or outward to resize the frame. 3 To resize all sides of the crop frame at the same time, touch and hold one of the four corners to make the squares at the edges disappear, then drag the corner accordingly. 4 To move the crop frame to another area of the photo, touch and hold inside the frame, then drag it to the desired position. 5 To save a copy of the photo as you cropped it, tap Save [album_options_save_txt] . The original uncropped version remains on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To use a photo Indexterm: "photos"
GUID-C8189FB3-D445-4117-B326-AEDB6E254373 To crop a photo Valid from Pollux only changed the way to open Crop 12 PengLeon Released 147 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "using as"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Use as [album_options_use_as_txt] . 2 Select an option from the list that appears. 3 Follow the relevant steps to use the photo. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1EF627DD-3E4B-49E7-8AF0-E8133D8D4248 To use a photo - for Sony Tablet and Walkman For Tablet and Walkman only. Because in Tablet and Walkman devices it's
"Contact photo" instead of "Contact picture. 1 RongrongZ Released To edit a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3256B4EF-EC78-4F73-BB9F-2574825B4B99 To edit a photo From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). 1 RongrongZ Released*
To apply a picture effect to a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "cropping"
Indexterm: "cropping"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "resizing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] >
ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-EDIT-FILTER. 2 Select an option. 3 To save a copy of the photo that you applied the effect to, tap Save [album_op-
tions_save_txt] . The original unchaged version remains on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1D6C2B88-4A95-4AAE-AA9E-16AECFCCD042 To apply a picture effect to a photo 1 PengLeon Draft To make a photo more beautiful with advanced settings Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-EDIT-FACE-
Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] >
CORRECTION. 2 Select an option. 3 To save a copy of the photo that you applied the setting to, tap Save [album_op-
tions_save_txt] . The original unchanged version remains on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-07A7F9DD-010A-403E-9F86-A9576C8AA734 To make a photo more beautiful 1 PengLeon Draft To set the light amount of colours in a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "setting"
148 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "light amount"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] >
ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-EDIT-EXPOSURE. 2 Select an option. 3 To save a copy of the photo that you applied the light setting to, tap Save [al-
bum_options_save_txt] . The original unchaged version remains on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-686F7515-649E-421F-B93B-97C5B2523497 To set the light amout of colors in a photo 1 PengLeon Draft To set the saturation level of colours in a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "saturation level"
Indexterm: "setting"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] >
SONY-ALBUM-EDIT-COLOUR-ADJUSTMENT. ID: ICN-
2 Select an option. 3 To save a copy of the photo in which you set the saturation level of colours, tap Save [album_options_save_txt] . The original uncropped version remains on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-252B51B6-E5F7-4224-91A1-B97F7DA007B4 To set the saturation level of colors in a photo 1 PengLeon Draft To share a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
Indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "sharing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-GALLERY-SHARE. 2 In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share the photo, then follow the steps to send it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8FD74D8D-4AAA-41BA-B121-428EEABE725B To share a photo From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Text changed . 7 RongrongZ Released To add a geotag to a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "adding a geotag"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-PREVIEW-BG to open the map screen. 2 Find and tap the desired location to put the photo on the map. 3 To adjust the location of the photo, tap the location on the map to where you want to move the photo. 4 When you are finished, tap OK [gui_ok_txt] to save the geotag and return to the photo viewer. When a photo is geotagged, with location information. You can tap this icon to view the photo on a map. ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-BG appears along GUID Title Changes GUID-94B6D803-A114-4058-AF8D-CB219961DD33 To add a geotag when viewing a photo From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). 149 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 1 RongrongZ Released To delete a photo Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
1 When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Delete [album_options_delete_txt] . 2 Tap OK [gui_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1EECE26E-E89A-4E66-8B11-9441E0D8B89D To delete a photo Valid from Taoshan changed the way to delete photo 5 PengLeon Released Analysing photos with faces in Album You can analyse photos with faces saved to your devices. For example, you can add and edit names for faces. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CAF912E8-705E-4454-9B93-1DA407255083 Analysing photos with faces 1 PengLeon Released To analyse photos with faces Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "analysing"
Indexterm: "analysing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
1 In the Faces tile, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Photo analysis [mslide-
show_strings_show_op_photo_analysis_setting_txt] . 2 Tap Activate [gui_activate_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7AC9032C-AD11-470E-9D87-D3C3FF9458EF To analyse photos with faces Valid from Togari only label changed no text updated 2 PengLeon Draft To name a face Indexterm: "faces"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
Sub-indexterm: "faces"
1 In the Faces tile, find and tap the face you want to name in the Unnamed faces folder. 2 Tap Add name [face_strings_faceitem_btn_write_name_txt] . 3 Type a name, then tap OK [okay_action] . GUID-09F1ED28-4A6C-48CC-875F-EBA88F566193 To name a face 1 PengLeon Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To edit a face name Indexterm: "faces"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
150 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "faces"
1 When you are viewing a face in the full screen view, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Edit name tags [face_strings_al-
bum_op_edit_tag_txt] . 2 Tap the face name to edit the name. 3 Type a name, then tap OK [okay_action] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5F513671-8DE9-4A62-982F-8CAF8EB3D9AB To edit a face name 1 PengLeon Released Working with videos in Album Indexterm: "videos"
Use Album to watch videos that youve taken with the camera, downloaded, or copied to your device. You can also share your videos with friends, for example, by uploading them to online services. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-51F5D9E3-4BEA-4803-9717-36F071DC30A0 Working with videos Device Term Change. 6 RongrongZ Released To play a video Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "playing"
1 Open the Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab or the My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] tab in Album. 2 Using grid view or list view, locate the video that you want to open. 3 Tap the video to play it. 4 If the playback controls are not displayed, tap the screen to display them. To hide the controls, tap the screen again. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F785DB32-33A8-44C6-AD5C-001BC1E7C4A7 To play a video Valid for Odin and Yuga (Changed Step 1 "Open the picture and My albums"
tab 9 PengLeon Released*
To pause a video ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL. Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "pausing"
Indexterm: "video player"
Sub-indexterm: "pausing a video"
1 When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2F1D89FD-3370-4BD6-872E-6628B924E265 To pause a video ver. 1 Created for Robyn/Mimmi RTL 1 PeterC Released*
To fast forward and rewind a video Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "fast forwarding and rewinding"
1 When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Drag the progress bar marker left to rewind, or right to fast forward. GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-A785999B-662F-4020-8B3F-69AAF7D57C5E To fast forward and rewind a video From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). No text change. Only removed the tip. 3 RongrongZ 151 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released To adjust the volume of a video Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting volume"
Indexterm: "volume"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting video"
Press the volume key. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-27C5332E-2A2B-47EE-AB0C-18F12067FDB8 To adjust the volume of a video ver. 2 Created for Robyn/Mimmi RTL 2 PeterC Released*
To share a video Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
1 When a video is playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Share [al-
bum_options_share_txt] . 2 In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share the selected video, then follow the relevant steps to send it. You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items. Also, some items may not send if the file size is too large. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5930D392-F898-40B7-9FF0-39EF4F7F23FD To share a video From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Text changed in step 1. 7 RongrongZ Released*
To delete a video Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "videos"
1 In Album, find the video you want to delete. 2 Touch and hold the video to activate selection mode. The frame of the video thumbnail turns blue when it is selected. 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Delete [album_options_delete_txt] , then tap OK
[gui_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CF190C14-1CF7-499E-84C3-A49C86003422 To delete a video Valid from Taoshan changed the way to delete video 8 PengLeon Released Viewing your photos on a map Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing on a map"
If you enable location detection when taking photos, you can use the information gathered at a later stage. For example, you can view your photos on a map and show friends and family where you were when you took the photo. Adding location information is also referred to as geotagging. When you enable location detection, you can select to use either GPS satellites or wireless networks, or both, to find your position. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5F3D09DC-6D63-40EB-AE7D-A1D4B8B0ABE3 Viewing your photos on a map Valid from JB Update HTML User Guide only X-ef removed 8.1.2 PengLeon Released 152 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Overview of Maps [album_tab_places_txt] tile Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "map"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-MAP-OVERVIEW-WVGA-WITHMENU 1 2 3 4 5 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Search a location on the map. View menu options. A group of photos and/or videos geotagged with the same location. Double tap to zoom in. Pinch to zoom out. Drag to view different parts of the map. Thumbnails of the selected group of photos and/or videos. Tap an item to view it in full screen. GUID-D8B29D35-3D56-45A2-8132-19F5EAB3D57C Overview of Map tile Valid from Huashan (only changed Tab to Tile according to TID comments) 6 PengLeon Released*
To enable location detection 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Location services [location_settings_title] . 3 Mark the GPS satellites [location_gps] and/or Google's location service [location_net-
work_based] checkboxes. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-97BCD6C5-2465-4164-953E-72EE4716155D To enable location detectionc From Nozomi ICS (eDream 6.1). Text changed in step 1 and 2. 4 RongrongZ Released 153 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To view geotagged photos on a map in Album 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Maps [al-
bum_tab_places_txt] . 3 Tap a photo to view it in full screen. 4 If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears on the map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, for example, ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-PHOTO-GROUP. To view these photos, tap the cover photo and then tap one of the thumbnails at the bottom of the screen. When viewing a geotagged photo in the photo viewer, you can touch the screen to display the toolbars, then tap map. ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-BG to view the photo on the GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6ED5D2BE-F4C3-4957-B8EE-544F2EB007F2 To view geotagged photos on a map in Album Valid from Odin and Yuga (The path to open Maps changed) 7 PengLeon Released To view geotagged photos on a globe in Album 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Globe [al-
bum_dashboard_tile_globe_txt] . 3 Tap a photo to view it in full screen. 4 If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears on the map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, for ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-PHOTO-GROUP. To view these photos, example, tap the cover photo and then tap one of the thumbnails at the bottom of the screen. When viewing a geotagged photo from the camera application, you can touch the screen to display the toolbars, then tap photo on the map. ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-BG to view the GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-058FF9EC-CDBF-414A-AC0B-2C89C9791CE0 To view geotagged photos in globe view 1 PengLeon Released To add a geotag when viewing the map in Album 1 When viewing the map in Album, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Add geotag [album_options_add_geotag_txt] . 2 Find and tap the photo to which you want to add the geotag. 3 Tap the desired location on the map to set the geotag, then tap OK [gui_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FFCB4D26-20C3-4693-90EF-C62E7FBE98F7 To add a geotag when viewing the map in Album From Nozomi ICS (edream6.1). 1 RongrongZ Released To edit the geotag of a photo in Album 1 When viewing a photo on the map in Album, touch and hold the photo until its frame turns blue. 2 Drag the photo to the new location. You can also tap the desired location on the map instead of dragging. GUID GUID-C563C5E8-4E10-4BD9-A348-08F1A4A400DB 154 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status To edit the geotag of a photo in Album From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). 1 RongrongZ Released To change the map view in Album When viewing the map in Album, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then select Classic view [album_options_map_view_classic_txt] or Satellite view [album_options_map_view_satellite_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-000937D7-8E92-43F6-9EBD-157D5D4D21EB To change the map view in Album Valid from Sony United only Globe view removed 3 PengLeon Released Viewing online albums In Album, view the photos and videos that you and your friends have uploaded to online services, such as Picasa and Facebook. You can view comments from your friends and add your own comments as well. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B00667D1-883A-41A7-A178-D8B55B1E6021 Viewing your online albums Valid from Odin and Yuga (Updated according to functional review com-
ments) 2 PengLeon Released*
Overview of online services Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "online albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-ONLINE-OVERVIEW-WVGA-WITHMENU 1 2 3 4 5 GUID Title Changes Active online service. Name of online album. Number of items in the online album. Refresh. View menu options. GUID-9DBECC44-0C94-4D50-B44F-B155BBF20D59 Overview of online tab Valid from Odin and Yuga (Only Title changed) 155 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 4 PengLeon Released*
To view and add comments to online album content 1 When viewing a photo from an online album, tap the screen to display the ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-ONLINE-COMMENT to view the toolbars, then tap comments. 2 To view more comments, scroll down the screen. 3 To add your own comments, enter your comments at the bottom of the screen, then tap Post [album_online_add_comment_hint_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-EB349C86-E7AC-4B9E-A8C4-E8276B331929 To view and add comments to online album content From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). 1 RongrongZ Released To recommend a photo or video on Facebook Indexterm: ""Like" a photo on Facebook"
Indexterm: ""Like" a video on Facebook"
Indexterm: "recommending photos and videos"
While viewing a photo or video from one of your Facebook albums, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap OFF to show that you "Like" the item on Facebook [Facebook] . ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYER-LIKE-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-34B7D433-85CD-4664-A3AE-951412CE0161 To recommend a photo on Facebook From Nozomi2. Updated index by removing Xperia with Facebook. Replaced
"it" with "the item" according to editor's comments. 4 RongrongZ Released*
156 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. GUID-3345E65F-E378-4D4E-A118-76501D206104 Movies - heading only 1 JorgenL Released*
Movies Indexterm: "movies"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "movies"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status About Movies Indexterm: "Movies"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "Movies"
Use the Movies application to play movies and other video content that youve saved on your device. The Movies application also helps you get poster art, plot summaries, genre info and director details for each movie. You can also play your movies on other devices that are connected to the same network. Videos taken with your device's camera are displayed in the Album application, not in the Movies application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-34487455-EEAA-4797-A93E-9F5D3FB7F00E About Movies Device term change 2 Gan Lu Released Overview of Movies Indexterm: "Movies"
ID: SCR-SONY-MOVIES-OVERVIEW-WVGA-WITHMENU 1 2 3 4 View menu options Browse all movies Open the Video Unlimited application Browse content on other connected DLNA Certified devices 157 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. 5 All video categories available on your device Video Unlimited may not be available in all countries or regions. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-33B65899-D71B-4F7F-9F49-CD7D5F53E95C Overview of Movies For Nicki SS; remove bullets 1&6 for Movies 3.3 (based on V5) 7 Tan Nellie Draft Using Movies Indexterm: "using Movies"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C5D88595-AEA0-4E12-873D-48921AC9D35F Using Movies - heading only for Huashan; update index term 2 Gan Lu Released To play a video in Movies 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] . 2 Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to play. 3 Tap the video you want to select, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-
PLAY-NORMAL to play it. 4 To display or hide the controls, tap the screen. 5 To pause playing, tap 6 To rewind, drag the progress bar marker left. To fast forward, drag the ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL. progress bar marker right. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BB3F685B-DC8C-4C9A-8988-347CC7F28D2B To play a video in Movies From Tablet 2012 fall. Updated due to functional change. 2 RongrongZ Released To play a video in full screen 1 When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MOVIES-FULL-SCREEN. To play the video in its original size, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MOVIES-ORIGINAL-SIZE. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-51B9F0A2-1F73-4BA0-AF3D-204D8040AA98 To play a video in full screen For Tablet 2012 fall. Updated due to editor's comments. 2 RongrongZ Released To share a video 1 When a video is playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Share [share] . 2 In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share the selected video, then follow the relevant steps to send it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FA1344A1-1D81-4746-8FC6-5ECD464F44E6 To share a video For Tablet 2012 fall. Updated according to editor's comments. 2 RongrongZ Released*
158 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To get movie information manually 1 Make sure your phone has an active data connection. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] . 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then make sure that the Get video details [on-
line_mode_option_info] checkbox is marked. 4 Select a video category and browse to the video for which you want to get information. 5 Touch and hold the movie for which you want to get information, then tap Search for info [gracenote_option_lookup_info] in the list that appears. 6 In the search field, enter keywords for the video, then tap the confirm key on the keyboard. All matches are displayed in a list. 7 Select a search result, then tap Done [gui_done_txt] . The download of the information begins. You also get information about newly added videos automatically when the Movies application is opened and the Get video details [online_mode_option_info] checkbox is marked. Data transmission charges may apply. If the downloaded information is not correct, tap search again using different keywords. ID: ICN-SONY-VIDEO-DETAILS and GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C90DB6C6-1213-4A7F-B71E-0EFA1B841361 To get movie information manually Customized for Tablet. Added condition to change "phone" to "device". Edi-
torially approved except step 6/note/tip. 2 RongrongZ Released*
To clear information about a video Indexterm: "movies"
Sub-indexterm: "clearing video information"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] . 2 Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to edit. 3 Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Clear info [gracenote_option_clear_info] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7DC6C771-703A-4944-8C0F-DEE68A90FBD2 To clear information about a video for Odin; change step 3 3 Gan Lu Released*
To play a video on an external device 1 Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] >
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 3 Tap Throw [play_on_device] , then select a device from the list. 4 Select the video that you want to play. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C5049CCE-C12E-4772-9E8F-1481619786BF To play a video on an external device for Odin & Yuga 1 Gan Lu Released 159 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To change the sound settings while a video is playing 1 While a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Sound settings [udoc_trans_movies_sound_set-
tings] . 3 Mark the checkboxes for the sound settings that you want to activate. 4 When you're finished, tap OK [gui_ok_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To delete a video GUID-2E2A3369-4370-493A-A9AD-8A797853C20A To change the sound settings when playing a video From Tablet 2012 fall models. Movies 2.1. New topic. 1 RongrongZ Released 1 From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] . 2 Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to delete. 3 Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Delete [video_strings_delete_txt] from the list that appears. 4 Tap Delete [video_strings_delete_txt] again to confirm. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FF4AE431-C65B-4F9C-9E9A-BD782D59D6A6 To delete a video From Tablet. Movies 2.1. 1 RongrongZ Released 160 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Video Unlimited Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D97D2EE7-6F18-4CCD-89E5-F603425C0B59 Video Unlimited - heading only From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM). 2 Tan Nellie Draft About Video Unlimited Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Use the Video Unlimited service to rent and purchase videos that you can view not only on your Android device, but also on a PC, PlayStation Portable (PSP), PlayStation 3 or PlayStation Vita. Select your pick from the latest Hollywood releases, action movies, comedies, classics, and a range of other categories. Video Unlimited might not be available in all countries or regions. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ECD7AFE6-638C-403E-B141-21012DD658A3 About Video Unlimited From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and add PlaySta-
tion Vita. 3 Tan Nellie Draft To open Video Unlimited 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-QRIOCITY. 2 Find and tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A757408D-63DB-4C20-8594-32428F18B21A To open Qriocity Video From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires. 4 Tan Nellie Draft Video Unlimited menu overview Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "menu overview"
View your account information Search for a video View the download status for all your items ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MEN U-
ACC OUN T-
LIST ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MEN U-
SEAR CH ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
161 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. View and change settings for your account, purchases, and downloads Add the current video to a wish list Delete all items in your wish list Delete the video you're currently viewing from the wish list Share information about the current video via a social network, email, Bluetooth or other method View legal information MEN U-
DOW NLOA DS ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MEN U-
SETTI NGS ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
MEN U-
ADD-
TO-
WISH LIST ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
MEN U-
CLEA R-
ALL ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
MEN U-
DELE TE-
WISH LIST ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MEN U-
SHAR E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MEN U-
INFO-
DETA ILS The Video Unlimited menu is dynamic, which means that all options are not always available. For example, the option to delete all items in your wish list is only available when you are viewing the list. GUID Title GUID-A28A9886-9ED6-40A3-89D2-FDDCFD80859E Qriocity menu overview 162 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and all the icons as TID requires. 6 Tan Nellie Draft To open the Video Unlimited menu Open Video Unlimited [IA_APP_VIDEO_UNLIMITED] , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-
MENU. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CA8B4FC3-5116-45D0-B3F4-EE8853C45850 To open the Qriocity menu From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires. 5 Tan Nellie Draft Creating a Video Unlimited account Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "creating an account"
You need to create a Video Unlimited account if you want to buy or rent movies through the Video Unlimited service. If you already have a PlayStation network account or a Sony Entertainment Network account, then you can use that account instead. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4F2540B1-5415-4BCE-B849-D61FFDA326B8 Creating an account From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and add Sony Enter-
tainment Network account as TID requires. 6 Tan Nellie Draft Exploring the Video Unlimited selection Browse videos by category, or enter text to search for a particular item. You can also choose to preview videos you're interested in. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B42162CD-C272-454E-8512-EA332CE6C769 Exploring the Qriocity video selection From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires. 5 Tan Nellie Draft Renting or buying a video Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "buying videos"
Sub-indexterm: "renting videos"
When you rent a video, you have a fixed amount of time in which to view it. This time period varies from market to market. You can also choose to download a purchased video to most Sony devices that are connected to your Video Unlimited account. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4E75E2C5-7F58-494C-94B1-72FF82C56D64 Renting or buying a video From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires. 5 Tan Nellie Draft Video Unlimited notifications overview Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "notifications"
When you buy or rent videos, the following notifications may appear:
Downloading of video is completed ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
163 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. QRIO CITY-
NOTI FICA TION S-
DOW NLOA DED ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
NOTI FICA TION S-
DOW NLOA D-
FAILE D ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
NOTI FICA TION S-
DOW NLOA D-
ONG OING ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
NOTI FICA TION S-
DOW NLOA D-
PAUS ED ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
NOTI FICA TION S-
PUR CHAS ED ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
NOTI This is a draft publication for internal use only. Downloading has failed. You need to check that, for example, your device is connected to a Wi-
Fi network, and that you have enough free space on your memory card or internal storage. Downloading of video is ongoing Downloading is paused Confirmation of successful purchase Rental countdown period has started 164 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. FICA TION S-
RENT AL-
EXPI RATI ON GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-513AECFF-28AE-4B6F-96F7-09BA135AB603 Qriocity notifications overview From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and add "internal storage" in row2 as TID requires. 7 Tan Nellie Draft Watching a video from Video Unlimited Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "watching a video"
You can watch your rented or purchased videos on most Sony device that are connected to your Video Unlimited account. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D009F3D9-7D31-4303-B112-6209F5F27172 Watching a video From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires. 4 Tan Nellie Draft Video menu overview Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "menu overview"
When you watch a video from Video Unlimited, you can open a menu to get the following options:
ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MEN U-
DELE TE ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MEN U-
INFO-
DETA ILS ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO CITY-
VIEW
-
VIDE O-
LANG UAGE ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
QRIO Delete the current video View information about the current video Change the audio language Change the language of subtitles, or remove subtitles 165 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. CITY-
VIEW
-
VIDE O-
SUBT ITLE GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8B523639-1294-4AA6-B0CC-5A4D33AA6A4F Qriocity video menu overview From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires. 7 Tan Nellie Draft 166 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Web browser Indexterm: "web browser"
Indexterm: "Internet"
Sub-indexterm: "web browser"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C6458DD6-EE02-482B-8272-9E1E99BEF6E7 Web browser - heading only 1 JorgenL Released About the web browser Indexterm: "web browser"
Indexterm: "Internet"
Sub-indexterm: "web browser"
The Google Chrome web browser for Android devices comes pre-installed in most markets. Go to http://support.google.com/chrome and click the "Chrome for Mobile" link to get more detailed information about how to use this web browser. Google Chrome is not available in all markets. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4C8FA0B0-E32C-4AFF-98E4-F6EB2DD99BC4 About the web browser updated for devices which don't have web broswer but Chrome only 4 LuLinda Released To open the web browser 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-CHROME. 2 Find and tap GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9F6D5FF1-0FE2-436C-A909-4616287CCC89 To open the web browser Changed for Odin/Yuga: Update the Chrome icon. 7 GuoZhaoyun Released 167 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Connectivity Indexterm: "connectivity"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2DE0CED8-8C54-45E2-BBCA-EB06A8978D22 Connectivity - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Connecting to wireless networks You can access the Internet wirelessly from your device using Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wi-
fi_wlan_plain] technology. This way you can browse the web and share media files over the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network with other DLNA Certified devices, for example, TVs and computers. If your company or organisation has a virtual private network (VPN), you can connect to this network using your device. You can use a VPN to access intranets and other internal services at your company. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DC584BA4-E5B9-4791-AF52-B42F72507E7F Connecting to wireless networks Remove snippet image for Xperia Care 8 LiShuo Released Before using Wi-Fi To browse the Internet using a Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] connection, you need to search for and connect to an available Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network and then open the Internet browser. The signal strength of the Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
network may differ depending on your device's location. Move closer to the Wi-Fi
[udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] access point to increase the signal strength. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8A163681-5881-423C-B364-FBF0EF3186C4 Before using Wi-Fi Device Term Change 6 LiShuo Released To turn on Wi-Fi 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] . 3 Drag the slider beside Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] to the right to turn on the Wi-
Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] function. It may take a few seconds before Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] is enabled. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-32D5A26E-BDE9-443A-9989-CD340E27C309 To turn on Wi-Fi Device term Change 10 LiShuo Released*
168 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To connect to a Wi-Fi network 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] . 3 Make sure that the Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] function is on. Tap Wi-Fi
[udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan] . 4 Available Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks are displayed. The available networks may be open or secured. Open networks are indicated by SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4 and secured networks are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-LOCK next to the Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
network name. ID: ICN-
5 Tap a Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network to connect to it. If you are trying to connect to a secure network, you are asked to enter a password. ID: ICN-
SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4 is displayed in the status bar once you are connected. Your device remembers Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks you connect to. The next time you come within reach of a previously connected Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network, your device automatically connects to it. In some locations, open Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks require you to log in to a web page before you can get access to the network. Contact the relevant Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wi-
fi_wlan_plain] network administrator for more information. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-349C27FA-BB6C-438D-A975-FBDC889BD41D To connect to a Wi-Fi network Device Term Change 10 LiShuo Released To connect to another Wi-Fi network 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] . Detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed. 3 Tap another Wi-Fi network to connect to it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ACB344A8-EF66-450F-A3D2-77293F9DDC56 To connect to another Wi-Fi network updated for ICS 7 JessicaL Released To scan for Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks manually 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] . 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Scan [wifi_menu_scan] . 4 To connect to a Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network, tap the network name. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A26E7C05-6ECB-40EC-95AA-1868D0A57BCE To scan for Wi-Fi networks manually Device Term Change 10 LiShuo Released*
169 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To add a Wi-Fi network manually 1 Make sure that Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] is turned on. 2 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan] . 4 Tap 5 Enter the Network SSID [wifi_ssid] for the network. 6 Tap the Security [wifi_security] field to select a security type. 7 If required, enter a password. 8 Tap Save [wifi_save] . Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network name is indicated as SSID, ESSID, Access Point, etc. Contact your Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network administrator to get the Network SSID name and password. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A7AE9A0F-77BC-46FA-8C4A-B90D8C3E4FAC To add a Wi-Fi network manually Add one step according to edtior's comments. From odin and onwards. 10 LiShuo Released*
Advanced Wi-Fi settings GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-41AE41FC-BE40-45A1-9859-AC3D9604CA13 Advanced Wi-Fi settings Move content to another topic according to editor's comments 4 LiShuo Released Wi-Fi network status When you are connected to a Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network or when there are Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks available in your vicinity, it is possible to see the status of these Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks. You can also enable your device to notify you whenever an open Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network is detected. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2A94796D-5D9C-4582-A884-D1E458807BAF Wi-Fi network status Device Term Change 5 LiShuo Released To enable Wi-Fi network notifications 1 Turn on Wi-Fi, if it is not already on. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] . 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 5 Tap Advanced [pref_extras_title] . 6 Mark the Network notification [wifi_notify_open_networks] checkbox. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9F08F877-2C94-4551-8F02-965605144EEE To enable Wi-Fi network notification updated for ICS 8 JessicaL Released 170 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi network 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] . 3 Tap the Wi-Fi network that you are currently connected to. Detailed network information is displayed. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-51F6A64B-C4DB-47B6-91B1-ED742AACB692 To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi network updated for ICS 7 JessicaL Released Wi-Fi sleep policy By adding a Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] sleep policy, you can specify when to switch from Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] to mobile data. If you are not connected to a Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network, your device uses a mobile data connection to access the Internet (if you have set up and enabled a mobile data connection on your device). GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CD643BF1-D575-4F69-A82A-5A1D1773478C Wi-Fi sleep policy Device Term Change 6 LiShuo Released To add a Wi-Fi sleep policy 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] . 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 4 Tap Advanced [wifi_menu_advanced] . 5 Tap Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep [wifi_setting_sleep_policy_title] . 6 Select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-65A23535-7509-42F8-8825-7DB85FEC5A28 To add a Wi-Fi sleep policy updated for ICS 7 JessicaL Released Wi-Fi Direct Indexterm: "Wi-Fi"
Use Wi-Fi Direct to connect to other devices directly, without joining a traditional home, office or hotspot network. For example, you can enable your device to be connected directly to a computer so that you can access content from your device on the computer. The devices that you share content with must have Wi-Fi Direct certification. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6ADC65CD-B4F8-46F5-83B6-1A54F06FD754 Wi-Fi direct Device Term Change 2 LiShuo Released 171 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To turn on Wi-Fi Direct 1 Make sure your device has the Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] function turned on. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] . 4 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Wi-Fi Direct [wifidir_strings_settings_direct_title_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-61D62CD1-0A49-4146-ABEF-644FAFBE04B7 To turn on Wi-Fi Direct From Odin. change the path of Wi-Fi direct according to the new UI. 2 LiShuo Released Sharing your mobile data connection Indexterm: "tethering"
Sub-indexterm: "USB tethering"
Indexterm: "tethering"
Sub-indexterm: "with Xperia Link"
You can share your device's mobile data connection with a single computer using a USB cable. This process is called USB tethering. You can also share your device's data connection with up to eight other devices at once, by turning your device into a portable Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] hotspot. When your device is sharing its data connection, the following icons may appear in the status bar or in the Notification panel:
ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-TETHER-USB USB tethering is active ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4 Portable Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
hotspot is active GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-391DC4CE-B831-4F3F-8D82-9CC4E03EA622 Sharing the mobile data connection of your phone Device Term Change 7 LiShuo Released To share your data connection using a USB cable 1 Deactivate all USB cable connections to your device. 2 Using the USB cable that came with your device, connect your device to a computer. 3 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 4 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More [radio_controls_title] > Tethering & portable hotspot [tether_settings_title_all] . 5 Mark the USB tethering [usb_tethering_button_text] checkbox. 6 To stop sharing your data connection, unmark the USB tethering [usb_tethering_but-
ton_text] checkbox or disconnect the USB cable. You cannot share your device's data connection and SD card over a USB cable at the same time. You may need to prepare your computer to establish a network connection via USB cable. Go to www.android.com/tether to get the most current information. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-60CF569F-5B4A-43C3-B7F8-759B6C76C930 To share data connection of your phone via USB Device Term Change 4 LiShuo Released 172 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To use your device as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More [radio_controls_title] > Tethering & portable hotspot [tether_settings_title_all] . 3 Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings [wifi_tether_settings_text] > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot [wi-
fi_tether_configure_ap_text] . 4 Enter the Network SSID [wifi_ssid] for the network. Tap the Security [wifi_security] field to select a security type. 5 If required, enter a password. 6 Tap Save [wifi_save] . 7 Mark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot [wifi_tether_checkbox_text] checkbox. Your device starts broadcasting its Wi-Fi network name (SSID). Up to eight computers or other devices can now connect to this network. 8 Unmark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot [wifi_tether_checkbox_text] checkbox when you want to stop sharing your data connection via Wi-Fi. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7B256C79-790C-43DE-9EEB-9BC8B6C70165 To share data connection of your phone as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot Device Term Change 5.1.2 LiShuo Released*
To rename or secure your portable hotspot 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More [radio_controls_title] > Tethering & portable hotspot [tether_settings_title_all] . 3 Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings [wifi_tether_settings_text] > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot [wi-
fi_tether_configure_ap_text] . 4 Enter the Network SSID [wifi_ssid] for the network. 5 To select a security type, tap the Security [wifi_security] field. 6 If required, enter a password. 7 Tap Save [wifi_save] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E4366CA7-0AA0-4F7A-B25B-F8BFC3BAF97A To rename or secure your portable hotspot Add one step from Odin. 5 LiShuo Released Virtual private networks (VPNs) Use your device to connect to virtual private networks (VPNs), which allow you to access resources inside a secured local network from outside the actual network. For example, VPN connections are commonly used by corporations and educational institutions for users who need to access intranets and other internal services when they are outside of the internal network, for example, when they are travelling. VPN connections can be set up in many ways, depending on the network. Some networks may require you to transfer and install a security certificate in your device. For detailed information on how to set up a connection to your virtual private network, please contact the network administrator of your company or organisation. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2F97A59E-A7B7-44AD-8205-166EA14A3A4C Virtual private networks Device Term Change 3 LiShuo Released 173 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To add a virtual private network 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > VPN [vpn_settings_title] . 3 Tap Add VPN profile [vpn_create_profile] . 4 Select the type of VPN to add. 5 Enter your VPN settings. 6 Tap Save [vpn_save] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-992DA13F-F73C-44E7-9626-6EF9060F08D2 To add a virtual private network Change the Icon to label for Pollux and Nicky ss in step 3 only. 6 Vera Qu Released To connect to a virtual private network 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > VPN [vpn_settings_title] . 3 In the list of available networks, tap the VPN that you want to connect to. 4 Enter the required information. 5 Tap Connect [vpn_connect] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-66363089-CE64-4AB0-A2FA-A0B688FC0289 To connect to a virtual private network updated for ICS 4 JessicaL Released To disconnect from a virtual private network 1 Drag the status bar downwards. 2 Tap the notification for the VPN connection to turn it off. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-659C005D-AC0A-411F-8CD7-622DF74D0C12 To disconnect from a virtual private network From Shakira RTL - first documentation of the feature 1 TobiasN Released*
Sharing content with DLNA Certified devices You can view or play media content saved to your device on other devices such as, for example, a TV, or a computer. Such devices must be DLNA Certified by the Digital Living Network Alliance and all devices must be connected to the same Wi-
Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network in order for content to be shared. You can also view or play content from other DLNA Certified devices on your device. After you set up the sharing of content between devices, you can, for example, listen to music files stored on your home computer from your device, or view photos taken with your device's camera on a large-screen TV. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A89920CC-EDB6-4CFF-A765-A27DE555911B Using the Connected devices feature to share files Device Term Change 8 LiShuo Released Playing files from DLNA Certified devices on your device When you play files from another DLNA Certified device on your device, this other device acts as a server. In other words, it shares content over a network. The server device must have its content sharing function enabled and give access permission to 174 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. your device. It also must be connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
network as your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-00FB7F2C-AC5B-40CB-8B7A-4B9F1DAAD699 Playing files from other devices on your phone Device Term Change 5 LiShuo Released To play a shared track on your device 1 Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap WALKMAN [udoc_no_trans_app_walkman] . 3 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 4 Select a device from the list of connected devices. 5 Browse the folders of the connected device and select the track that you want to play. The track starts playing automatically. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-793BA59D-C09E-4393-9935-1993AA924122 To play a shared track on your phone Device Term Change 2 LiShuo Released To play a shared video on your device 1 Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] >
Devices [dlna_strings_new_app_name_txt] . 3 Select a device from the list of connected devices. 4 Browse the folders of the connected device and select the video that you want to play. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-86BF0ECD-897F-4839-A3A2-6EA8BA98F236 To play a shared video on your phone Device Term Change 2 LiShuo Released To view a shared photo on your device 1 Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] . All your available online albums and connected devices are displayed. 4 Select a device from the list of connected devices. 5 Browse the folders of the connected device and select a photo to view it. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FC9F47BE-94A5-4AC3-B206-AB1BA8BA60D9 To view a shared photo on your phone Device Term Change 2 LiShuo Released Preparing to play content from your device on DLNA Certified devices Before you can view or play media files from your device on other DLNA Certified devices, you must set up file sharing on your device. The devices that you share content with are called client devices. For example, a TV, computer or tablet can act 175 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. as client devices. Your device works as a media server when it makes content available to client devices. When you set up file sharing on your device, you must also give access permission to client devices. After you do so, such devices appear as registered devices. Devices that are waiting for access permission are listed as pending devices. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F12966C1-E49E-47DE-9021-2F453A5A6C1A Setting up the Media server Device term Change 2 LiShuo Released To set up file sharing with other DLNA Certified devices 1 Connect your device to a Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap PLAYER. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-
3 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_op-
tion_menu_media_server_txt] . 5 To turn on the Share content [mdms_strings_main_dms_menu_status_title_txt] function, drag the ID: ICN-SONY-MEDIA-SERVER-STAT appears in the status bar. Your slider. device can now work as a media server. 6 Connect your computer or other devices to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wi-
fi_wlan_plain] network as your device. 7 A notification appears in the status bar of your device. Open the notification and set the relevant access permissions for other devices. The instructions described above may differ depending on the client devices used. Refer to your client device User guide for more information. If the device cannot connect, check that your Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network is working. You can also access the Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] menu under Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More [radio_controls_title] > Media server settings
[dlna_strings_home_my_phone_list_media_server_row1_txt] . If you close the Media server [dlna_strings_home_op-
tion_menu_media_server_txt] view, file sharing function function stays running in the background. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B95EA6EC-DFEE-4D0C-808A-7EDFCA85B9DA To set up file sharing using the Connected devices feature Update the note according to TID's comments 9 LiShuo Released To stop sharing files with other DLNA Certified devices 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap PLAYER. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-
2 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_op-
tion_menu_media_server_txt] . 4 Drag the slider to turn off the Share content [mdms_strings_main_dms_menu_status_title_txt]
function. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2C90F93C-C384-458A-8304-A16052A200EA To turn off the media server For Blue 3.0. Add one step since "Media server" menu change its position. 3 LiShuo Released 176 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To set access permissions for a pending device 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap PLAYER. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-
2 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_op-
tion_menu_media_server_txt] . 4 Select a device from the Pending devices [mdms_strings_main_divider_pending_list_txt] list. 5 Select an access permission level. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-066FC9A7-DBA3-4BBA-A1E5-53443EA60BC4 To set the access level of a pending client device For Blue 3.0. Add one step since "Media server" change its position. 3 LiShuo Released To change the name of a registered device 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap PLAYER. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-
2 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_op-
tion_menu_media_server_txt] . 4 Select a device from the Registered devices [mdms_strings_main_divider_registered_list_txt] list, then select Change name [mdms_strings_dialog_context_menu_change_client_name_txt] . 5 Enter a new name for the device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DF01091D-D2BB-40F9-93BB-E0C50438DEBA To change the name of a registered device For Blue 3.0 4 LiShuo Released To change the access level of a registered device 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap PLAYER. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-
2 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_op-
tion_menu_media_server_txt] . 4 Select a device from the Registered devices [mdms_strings_main_divider_registered_list_txt] list. 5 Tap Change access level [mdms_strings_dialog_context_menu_change_permission_txt] and select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8007B32F-DA74-47C8-91BB-80BED0C11249 To change the access level of a client device For Blue 3.0 4 LiShuo Released To get help about sharing content with other DLNA Certified devices ID: ICN-SONY-
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap PLAYER. ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-
2 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_op-
tion_menu_media_server_txt] . 4 Tap GUID Title Changes ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-HELP. GUID-A9A9ECB2-D77C-443F-B3BD-E56C08BF3C14 To view help information about Media server Update according to editoral review comments 177 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 7 LiShuo Released Playing files on a Digital Media Renderer device Using DLNA technology, you can push media content saved on your device to another device connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network. The other device must be able to function as a Digital Media Renderer (DMR) device, which means that it can render, or play, content received from your device. A DMR device can be, for example, a TV with DLNA function, or a PC running Windows 7 or higher. The settings for enabling the Digital Media Renderer may vary depending on the device used. Refer to the user guide for the respective device for more detailed information. Content with Digital Rights Management (DRM) cannot be played on a Digital Media Renderer device using DLNA technology. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0707E2B4-E1A5-4333-AEAE-04ED332BF637 Playing your videos on other devices using DLNA added a note for Sony United 5 MikeCao Released To view photos or videos from your device on a DMR device 1 Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it is connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] . 4 Browse to and open the file that you want to view. 5 Tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-
ACTIONMENU-PLAYON-CONNECTED and select a DMR device to share your content with. The selected files start playing in chronological order on the device that you select. 6 To disconnect from the DMR device, tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENU-
PLAYON-INSTALLED and select your device. The file stops playing on the DMR device but continues playing on your device. You can also share a video from the Movies application on your device by tapping the video and then tapping ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENU-PLAYON-CONNECTED. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3E1387B9-5D26-4A2A-A6BF-B3A245D3848B To open media files from your phone on another device Updaet one label. no text change. 7 LiShuo Released To play a music track from your device on a DMR device 1 Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it is connected to the same Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap WALKMAN [udoc_no_trans_app_walkman] . 3 Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library. 4 Select a music category and browse to the track that you want to share, then tap the track. 5 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENU-PLAYON-CONNECTED and select a DMR device to share your content with. The track plays automatically on the device that you select. 6 To disconnect from the DMR device, tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENU-
PLAYON-INSTALLED and select your device. The track stops playing on the DMR device but continues playing on your device. GUID GUID-F791072F-54AE-411C-AFE2-33FFECE143DB 178 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status To play a track from your phone on another device Update a label. No text change. 10 LiShuo Released NFC Use Near Field Communications (NFC) to share data with other devices, such as a video, photo, web page address, music file or contact. You can also use NFC to scan tags that give you more information about a product or service as well as tags that activate certain functions on your device. NFC is a wireless technology with a maximum range of one centimetre, so the devices sharing data must be held close to each other. Before you can use NFC, you must first turn on the NFC function, and the device's screen must be active. NFC may not be available in all countries and/or regions. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4DA4B2B5-45C2-4A5D-B1AF-53404CCAAFC1 NFC For Huashan: device term change 8 XuCindy Released To turn on the NFC function 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More [radio_controls_title] . 3 Mark the NFC [nfc_quick_toggle_title] checkbox. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FCB71F3A-AA5D-466D-A05D-706B9193962A To turn on the NFC function 1 JessicaL Released*
NFC detection area ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-NFC The location of the NFC detection area is not the same on all devices. When sharing data with another device using NFC, refer to the User guide of the other device for more information. GUID Title Changes Version GUID-F1D7581D-5E4B-4A2F-B69D-8BD4BD974852 Detection area Device Term Change 2 179 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status XuCindy Released To share a contact with another device using NFC 1 Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that both screens are active. 2 To view contacts, go to your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-
ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then tap PHONEBOOK . 3 Tap the contact that you want to share. 4 Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC detection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the contact appears. 5 Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer. 6 When the transfer is done, the contact information is displayed on the screen of the receiving device and is also saved on the receiving device. GUID-A5FC1654-D575-4626-85E3-F27929134E72 To share a contact with another NFC phone Device Term Change 4 XuCindy Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To share a music file with another device using NFC 1 Make sure that both your device and the receiving device have the NFC function turned on, and that both screens are active. 2 To open the "WALKMAN" application, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-
NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-PLAYER. 3 Tap the My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] tab to open the music library. 4 Select a music category and browse to the track you want to share. 5 Tap the track to play it. You can then tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-
PAUSE-NORMAL to pause the track. The transfer works whether the track is playing or paused. 6 Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC detection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the track appears. 7 Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer. 8 When the transfer is done, the music file plays immediately on the receiving device. At the same time, the file is saved on the receiving device. You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C3610A96-7DDF-4DD8-BDA2-1FF715EA0A49 To share a music file with another NFC phone For Pollux: change from 'walkman player' to 'walkman applications'. 6 XuCindy Released 180 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To share a photo or video with another device using NFC 1 Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that both screens are active. 2 To view photos and videos in your device, go to your Home screen [home-
screen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] . ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then 3 Tap the photo or video that you want to share. 4 Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC detection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the photo or video appears. 5 Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer. 6 When the transfer is done, the photo or video is displayed on the screen of the receiving device. At the same time, the item is saved on the receiving device. You can also use NFC to share a video from the Movies application. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-497460D2-9A06-40C3-BFA1-4328DF8FE10F To share a photo or video with another NFC phone Term change:'phone' to 'device'; words change. 6 XuCindy Released To share a web address with another device using NFC 1 Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that both 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
screens are active. HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 3 To open the web browser, find and tap 4 Load the web page that you want to share. 5 Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC ID: ICN-SONY-APP-CHROME . detection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the web page appears. 6 Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer. 7 When the transfer is done, the web page is displayed on the screen of the receiving device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-07F451E1-A723-427E-98E5-FCDB65790FFC To share a website address with another phone using NFC Device Term Change 3 XuCindy Released Scanning NFC tags Your device can scan various kinds of NFC tags. For example, it can scan embedded tags on a poster, on a billboard advertisement, or beside a product in a retail store. You can receive additional information, such as a web address. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ADBEF157-BCCC-408B-88D4-00FCDDD75F5D Reading an NFC tag For Pollux: delete 'phone number'
3 XuCindy Released To scan an NFC tag 1 Make sure that your device has the NFC function turned on and that the screen is active. 2 Place your device over the tag so that the NFC detection area touches it. Your device scans the tag and displays the content collected. Tap the content of the tag to open it. 3 To open the tag, tap it. GUID Title GUID-2D1E1C30-8574-4E6A-9CA4-07005D115490 To read an NFC tag 181 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status Device Term Change 3 XuCindy Released Paying for items with your device You can use the Google Wallet application or the Operator wallet application on your device to pay for items in stores that support NFC payment methods. Just tap your device on specially enabled electronic payment pads to pay for your purchases. Payments are backed by a credit or debit card, or by prepaid cards or vouchers. Your payment information is stored in the payment application, so you dont need to enter it every time. To use Operator wallet, your SIM card must have a secure element embedded. Contact your network operator for more details. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6AB537FB-9ADE-4D7C-8929-F15F345985A2 Paying with your phone Device Term change 4 XuCindy Released Google Wallet Use the Google Wallet application to pay for goods at checkouts. If there is a supported NFC terminal at the checkout, you can just tap your device on the terminal to pay. Google Wallet stores details of your credit and debit cards as well as details of coupons and other special offers. Most major credit card types are supported. Security features include a PIN, encrypted storage and the ability to remotely disable a lost wallet. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F0F227BF-55A5-4CFD-AC86-008E19A5455E Google Wallet Device Term Change 2 XuCindy Released Operator wallet The Operator wallet application lets you access a variety of services provided by your network operator, such as the option to pay for items in underground trains and stores. Contact your network operator for more information about such services. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-793427E4-4D2A-4F41-87C2-96064B45016B Operator wallet for Tsubasa; created from scratch 1 JessicaL Released To select a wallet for use on your device 1 Make sure that the NFC function is on. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More [radio_controls_title] . 4 Tap Wallet [secure_elements_settings_title] and select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3819BC1D-56D2-4B04-A3C1-62671C259BE7 To select a secure element for use in your phone Device Term Change 2 XuCindy Released 182 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Connecting to an NFC compatible device You can connect your device to other NFC compatible devices produced by Sony, such as a speaker or a headphone. When establishing this kind of connection, refer to the User guide of the compatible device for more information. You may need to have Wi-Fi or Bluetooth activated on both devices for the connection to work. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A923519B-5BA2-4369-9E94-23D64509E0EA Connecting your phone to an NFC compatible accessory Device Term Change 2 XuCindy Released Bluetooth wireless technology Indexterm: "Bluetooth wireless technology"
Use the Bluetooth function to send files to other Bluetooth compatible devices, or to connect to handsfree accessories. Turn on the Bluetooth function in your device and create wireless connections to other Bluetooth compatible devices such as computers, handsfree accessories, and phones. Bluetooth connections work better within 10 metres (33 feet), with no solid objects in between. In some cases you have to manually pair your device with other Bluetooth devices. Interoperability and compatibility among Bluetooth devices can vary. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-36689AFD-B450-4570-B637-F31FB56656F0 Bluetooth wireless technology meters changed to metres 7.1.1.1.1 LuLinda Released To turn on the Bluetooth function and make your device visible 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] . 3 Tap the on-off switch beside Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] to turn on the Bluetooth function. 4 Tap Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . Your device and a list of available Bluetooth devices appear. 5 Tap your device name to make your device visible to other Bluetooth devices. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A0BC4F09-CC03-43FE-BF57-9D1239FB4499 To turn on the Bluetooth function and make your device visible Term change for Odin/Yuga 8 Aiping Released To adjust your device's visibility time to other Bluetooth devices 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU and select Visibility timeout [bluetooth_visibility_time-
out] . 4 Select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E14A820F-8572-461D-BC89-2CCB9966818B To adjust the visibility time before your device becomes invisible to other Bluetooth devices Term change for Odin/Yuga 2 Aiping Released*
183 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Naming your device You can give your device a name. This name is shown to other devices after you have turned on the Bluetooth function and your device is set to visible. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D1C84F4D-7E49-414F-8672-7326B1002658 Device name Term change for Odin/Yuga 4 Aiping Released To give your device a name 1 Make sure that the Bluetooth function is turned on. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU and select Rename phone [bluetooth_rename_de-
vice<product="default">] . 5 Enter a name for your device. 6 Tap Rename [bluetooth_rename_button] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6063BF5D-7D27-470A-9C86-B630131B6B08 To enter a device name Term change for Odin/Yuga 8 Aiping Released*
Pairing with another Bluetooth device When you pair your device with another device, you can, for example, connect your device to a Bluetooth headset or a Bluetooth car kit and use these other devices to make and receive calls. Once you have paired your device with a Bluetooth device, your device will remember this pairing. When pairing your device with a Bluetooth device, you may need to enter a passcode. Your device will automatically try the generic passcode 0000. If this does not work, refer to the user guide for your Bluetooth device to get the device passcode. You do not need to re-enter the passcode the next time you connect to a paired Bluetooth device. Some Bluetooth devices, for example, most Bluetooth headsets, require you to both pair and connect with the other device. You can pair your device with several Bluetooth devices, but you can only connect to one Bluetooth profile at the same time. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C4D7D6FB-1BD3-4C5E-A7FF-5BFE54EDDF0A Pairing with another Bluetooth device Term change for Odin/Yuga 5 Aiping Released*
To pair your device with another Bluetooth device 1 Make sure that the device you want to pair your device with has the Bluetooth function activated and is visible to other Bluetooth devices. 2 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . All available Bluetooth devices appear in a list. 4 Tap the Bluetooth device that you want to pair with your device. 5 Enter a passcode, if required, or confirm the same passcode on both devices. Your device and the Bluetooth device are now paired. GUID Title Changes GUID-226704F7-A3B0-4FE9-A592-EB43A40DAA56 To pair your device with another Bluetooth device Term change for Odin/Yuga 184 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 8 Aiping Released To connect your device to another Bluetooth device 1 If you are connecting to a Bluetooth device that requires you to first pair your device before connecting, follow the relevant steps to pair your device with that device. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . 4 Tap the Bluetooth device to which you want to connect your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7EB7AADF-804F-460C-A176-ACA0F5C564B6 To connect your device to another Bluetooth device Term change for Odin/Yuga 7 Aiping Released To unpair a Bluetooth device 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . 3 Under Paired devices [bluetooth_preference_paired_devices] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-PAIRED-
DEVICE beside the name of the device that you want to unpair. 4 Tap Unpair [bluetooth_device_context_unpair] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A1AA3B64-C917-412E-9A50-E12A8CAC6795 To unpair a Bluetooth device updated for ICS 5 JessicaL Released Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth technology Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "sending items using Bluetooth"
Indexterm: "receiving items using Bluetooth"
Share items with other Bluetooth compatible devices such as phones or computers. You can send and receive several kinds of items using the Bluetooth function, such as:
Photos and videos Music and other audio files Contacts Web pages GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FEABAFA3-3C43-48A6-99F7-C72423ED3745 Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth wireless technology added index term "sending"
3 JessicaL Released*
185 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To send items using Bluetooth 1 Receiving device: Make sure the Bluetooth function is turned on and that the device is visible to other Bluetooth devices. 2 Sending device: Open the application which contains the item that you want to send, and scroll to the item. 3 Depending on the application and the item you want to send, you may need to, for example, touch and hold the item, open the item or press ID: ICN-SONY-
KEY-MENU. Other ways to send an item may exist. 4 Select Share [menu_share] or Send [gui_send_txt] . 5 Select Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . 6 Turn on Bluetooth, if you are asked to do so. 7 Tap the name of the receiving device. 8 Receiving device: If asked, accept the connection. 9 Sending device: If asked, confirm the transfer to the receiving device. 10 Receiving device: Accept the incoming item. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-10429839-41B9-4612-93A5-978EA3721D99 To send items using Bluetooth Updated for Aoba Rita 4.1.1 Aiping Released*
To receive items using Bluetooth 1 Make sure that the Bluetooth function is on and is visible to other 2 The sending device now starts sending data to your device. 3 If prompted, enter the same passcode on both devices, or confirm the Bluetooth devices. suggested passcode. 4 When you are notified of an incoming file to your device, drag the status bar downwards and tap the notification to accept the file transfer. 5 Tap Accept [incoming_file_confirm_ok] to start the file transfer. 6 To view the progress of the transfer, drag the status bar downwards. 7 To open a received item, drag the status bar downwards and tap the relevant notification. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7360A980-5A09-4B1A-8DB8-313C2CFF6DF4 To receive items using Bluetooth Term change for Odin/Yuga 6.1.1 Aiping Released*
To view files you have received using Bluetooth 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU and select Show received files [bluetooth_show_re-
ceived_files] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-17AB4DD5-71F2-49BE-BDF0-EEE25085F3A8 To find items received using Bluetooth updated for ICS 2 JessicaL Released*
Connecting your device to a computer Connect your device to a computer and start transferring pictures, music and other file types. The easiest ways to connect are using a USB cable or Bluetooth wireless technology. When you connect your device to the computer using a USB cable, you are prompted to install the PC Companion application on your computer. PC Companion 186 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. helps you access additional computer applications to transfer and organise media files, update your device, synchronise device content, and more. You might not be able to transfer some copyright-protected material between your device and a computer. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3D56A712-284B-4E62-84E6-B774A4E321F8 Connecting your phone to a computer Device term change 7 Hu Pan Released Transferring and handling content using a USB cable Indexterm: "USB connection"
Use a USB cable connection between a computer and your device for easy transfer and management of your files. Once the two devices are connected, you can drag and drop content between your device and the computer, or between your device's internal storage and SD card, using the computer's file explorer. If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files to your device, it's best to use the Media Go application on your computer. Media Go converts media files so that you can use them on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-57E9CFC0-9C19-41CD-BEA6-D940CC06B54E Transferring and handling content using a USB cable Device term change 8 PengLeon Released*
To transfer content between your device and computer using a USB cable 1 Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SD card connected [usbux_ics_both_emmc_and_sd_connected_status_bar_txt] appears in the status bar on the screen of your device. 2 Computer: Open Microsoft Windows Explorer from the desktop and wait until your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disks in Microsoft Windows Explorer. 3 Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between your device and the computer. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0E4C094F-CDCA-412C-8E76-45ABDCEEF413 To transfer content between your device and computer using a USB cable Device term change 15 PengLeon Released*
To transfer content between internal storage and an SD card via USB 1 Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SD card connected [usbux_ics_both_emmc_and_sd_connected_status_bar_txt] appears in the status bar on the screen of your device. 2 Computer: Open Microsoft Windows Explorer from the desktop and wait until your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disks in Microsoft Windows Explorer. 3 Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between the device's internal storage and the SD card. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-51531B4B-77BC-442B-87AB-FC49BBB85D6F To transfer content between internal storage and an SD card via USB Device term change 2 PengLeon Released 187 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To transfer files directly from internal storage to an SD card in the device 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Storage [storage_settings] > Transfer data to SD card [transfer_data_desc_txt] . 3 Mark the file types you want to transfer to the SD card. 4 Tap Transfer [button_transfer_txt] . The direct transfer method means that a USB cable connection to a computer is not necessary. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5619F3BA-2821-4D9D-B998-190802F29514 To transfer files from the internal storage to SD card 1 PengLeon Released Transferring files using Media transfer mode via Wi-Fi You can transfer files between your device and other MTP compatible devices, such as a computer, using a Wi-Fi connection. Before connecting, you first need to pair the two devices. If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files between your device and a computer, it's best to use the Media Go application on the computer. Media Go converts media files so that you can use them on your device. In order to use this feature, you need a Wi-Fi enabled device that supports Media transfer, for example, a computer running Microsoft Windows Vista or Windows 7. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4F7E8833-019A-4D0A-8556-9433F6C04D19 Transferring and handling content using Media transfer mode over Wi-Fi Device term change 3 PengLeon Released To pair your device wirelessly with a computer using Media transfer mode 1 Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normally enabled by default. 2 Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable. 3 Computer: Once the name of your device appears on the screen, click Network configuration and follow the instructions to pair the computer. 4 When you are finished pairing, disconnect the USB cable from both devices. The above instructions only work if Windows 7 is installed on your computer and the computer is connected to a Wi-Fi Access Point via a network cable. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D08D64DB-D0EC-4B8B-8502-25924770E375 To pair your device with a computer for using Media transfer mode over Wi-
Fi Device term change 3 PengLeon Released 188 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode 1 Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normally enabled by default. 2 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 3 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia [sonyericsson_settings_title] > USB Connectivity [usbux_strings_usb_connectivity_txt] . 4 Tap the paired device that you want to connect to under Trusted devices [us-
bux_strings_trusted_hosts_title_txt] . 5 Tap Connect [usbux_strings_connect_txt] . Make sure the Wi-Fi function is turned on. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CD8EA3D6-AA60-42E9-A72E-06ACE3160E0B To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode Valid from Odin and Yuga (only a label changed no text updated) 4 PengLeon Released To disconnect a wirelessly paired device in Media transfer mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia [sonyericsson_settings_title] > USB Connectivity [usbux_strings_usb_connectivity_txt] . 3 Tap the paired device that you want to disconnect from under Trusted devices
[usbux_strings_trusted_hosts_title_txt] . 4 Tap Disconnect [usbux_strings_disconnect_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E3943642-BCA2-4EE0-ACB6-11714C1A3BBD To disconnect from connected device Valid from Odin and Yuga (only a label changed no text updated) 3 PengLeon Released To remove a pairing with another device 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia [sonyericsson_settings_title] > USB Connectivity [usbux_strings_usb_connectivity_txt] . 3 Tap the paired device that you want to remove. 4 Tap Forget [usbux_strings_trusted_hosts_button_forget_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-257C445A-E565-4C26-932D-EE78996A0B2E To remove from the paired host Valid from Odin and Yuga (Only label changed no text updated) 3 PengLeon Released PC Companion PC Companion is a computer application that gives you access to additional features and services which help you transfer music, video and pictures to and from your device. You can also use PC Companion to update your device and get the latest software version available. The installation files for PC Companion are saved on your device and the installation is launched from the device when you connect it to a computer via USB cable. You need an internet connected computer running one of the following operating systems to use the PC Companion application:
Microsoft Windows 7 Microsoft Windows Vista 189 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Microsoft Windows XP (Service Pack 3 or higher) GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DBC49833-F11A-4854-B947-B9513E8A31DF PC Companion Device term change 7 PengLeon Released To install PC Companion on a computer 1 Connect your device to a computer using a USB cable. 2 Device: Tap Install [usbux_strings_install_txt] in the PC Companion installation window. 3 Computer: PC Companion automatically starts after a few seconds. Follow the on-screen instructions to install PC Companion. The PC companion installer is enabled by default on your device. You can disable this option in your device settings. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E39641B8-6636-488E-B6BF-75B389585C30 To install PC Companion Device term change 5 PengLeon Draft To start PC Companion 1 Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC. 2 Open the PC Companion application on the PC, then click Start to open one of the features that you want to use. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Media Go GUID-AF8F73C0-0423-4C7B-B4BD-0DC0507C9694 To use PC Companion Changed for ICS Update 10 peng kiki Released Indexterm: "Media Go"
The Media Go computer application helps you transfer and manage media content in your device and computer. You can install and access Media Go from within the PC Companion application. You need one of these operating systems to use the Media Go application:
Microsoft Windows 7 Microsoft Windows Vista Microsoft Windows XP, Service Pack 3 or higher GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-107B9C4F-BD96-4635-B7F5-EA775969ED11 Media Go Term Chang 8 LeonP Released To transfer content using the Media Go application 1 Connect your device to a computer using a supported USB cable. 2 Device: In the status bar, Internal storage connected [usbux_strings_internal_storage_connec-
ted_homestatus_txt] appears. 3 Computer: Open the PC Companion application on the PC first. In PC Companion, click Media Go to start the Media Go application. In some cases, you may have to wait for Media Go to install. 4 Using Media Go, drag and drop files between your computer and device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D0BCECF1-74E8-41F9-96B0-ECA7157D85A0 To transfer content using Media Go Term change 8.1.1.1.1 LeonP Released 190 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sony Bridge for Mac The Sony Bridge for Mac application helps you transfer music, video, pictures or media files between your device and your Apple Mac computer. You can also use the Sony Bridge for Mac application to manage files through a file browser, update your device software, and backup and restore content in your device. You need an internet connected Apple Mac computer running the following operating system to use the Sony Bridge for Mac application:
MacOS version 10.6 or later GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 PengLeon Draft GUID-AB1F5339-A66A-49AF-91ED-010F343F5BC9 Bridge for Mac To install Sony Bridge for Mac 1 Using your Apple Mac computer, go to www.sonymobile.com/support, then search for and download the Sony Bridge for Mac application to a folder on the computer. 2 After the download is complete, open the folder and double-click the Sony Bridge for Mac.dmg file to start the installation. 3 Follow the instructions on your Apple Mac computer to complete the installation. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BB746E83-D693-4FF7-A787-D057F6D9AD4C To install Bridge for Mac on your Apple Mac computer Valid from Togari updated according to editor's comments 2 PengLeon Released To start Sony Bridge for Mac 1 Make sure that the Sony Bridge for Mac application is installed on your 2 Computer: Double-click the Sony Bridge for Mac application icon in Apple Mac computer. Applications folder. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9FBF5F8D-4E87-423E-B579-7D1D15B10212 To start Sony Bridge for Mac 1 PengLeon Draft To transfer content using Sony Bridge for Mac 1 Using a USB cable, connect your device to an Apple Mac computer. 2 Computer: Open the Sony Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments, The Sony Bridge for Mac application detects your device. 3 Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between your device and Apple Mac computer. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CB978466-6473-4929-B726-2941B5F52725 To transfer media content between your device and an Apple Mac com-
puter 1 PengLeon Draft Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader application Indexterm: "scanning barcodes"
GUID Title Changes GUID-73B2ACA2-4CF0-43CC-860A-DF24AE7854EA Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader application - heading only 191 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 1 JorgenL Released About scanning with the NeoReader application Use your device as a barcode scanner to find out more about items you scan. For example, you see a coat in a magazine ad and want to find the nearest retail outlet to buy it. If the ad contains a readable barcode, the NeoReader application uses this code to access mobile web content, such as a web page with more product information or a map of nearby outlets. NeoReader supports most standard barcode types. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-71CB1582-5806-4159-8420-F8470C3F0645 About scanning with the NeoReader application device term change 2 QianWang Released To start the NeoReader application 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-NEOREADER NeoReader [IA_APP_NeoReader] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E880B67F-34D1-4D0E-A239-83DE212029BA To start the NeoReader application Valid for Robyn & Mimmi 1 AnnE Released To scan a barcode 1 When the NeoReader application is open, hold your device over the barcode until the complete barcode is visible in the viewfinder. 2 Your device automatically scans the barcode, and vibrates when the barcode is recognised. Some bar codes might be too small to scan. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DA4F156D-4FD8-468B-ABCE-E82B147832B2 To scan a bar code device term change. Add a condition for tablet. 4 QianWang Released To enter a barcode manually 1 When the NeoReader application is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-
NEOREADER-MENU-OPEN. 2 Enter the numbers of the barcode in the text field, then tap GO! [udoc_no_trans_neoread-
er_go] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-111F2AD2-F333-4A3B-B3A3-80601DE7BBA3 To enter bar code numbers manually Updated from Aoba Rita and valid for all ongoing projects Icon updated and updated step2 a little bit 3 WangHerman Released NeoReader application menu overview The following menu options are available in the NeoReader application:
Tap to open more options ID:
ICN-
SON 192 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Enter the barcode numbers manually. This option can be used if your camera has difficulty reading the barcode View a list of previously scanned barcodes View information about the NeoReader application. Read more about different barcode types, and about how to use NeoReader Select your personal settings, such as language or country. This information is used to personalise barcode content. Also, you can select preferences for how you use the NeoReader application Send a text message to invite a friend to download the NeoReader application Y-
NEO READ ER-
MEN U-
OPEN ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
NEO READ ER-
MEN U-
NUM BERS ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
NEO READ ER-
MEN U-
HIST ORY ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
NEO READ ER-
MEN U-
HELP ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
NEO READ ER-
MEN U-
PERS ONAL ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
NEO READ ER-
MEN U-
INVIT E GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-36EA646E-F5D0-4F8E-8F49-4ECC96F48F48 NeoReader(TM) application menu overview Updated from Nanhu and valid for all ongoing projects Removed one icon and description only due to SW change No other text change No need review 4 WangHerman Released 193 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Smart Connect Indexterm: "Smart Connect"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-68FE7B74-814F-4E9E-8C87-1B9327458760 Smart Connect - Heading only fix a typo 2 Gan Lu Released About Smart Connect Indexterm: "Smart Connect"
Use the Smart Connect application to set what happens in your device when you connect or disconnect an accessory. You can also use it to set a specific action or a group of actions to launch on your device at certain times of the day. For example, when you connect your headset or headphones, you can set an event so that the following actions are launched on your device:
Between 7am and 9am, when you commute to work, the "WALKMAN" application starts, and the web browser opens the morning paper. On the way back from work, the FM radio starts, and a notes app with your shopping list opens. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-A6EEBEB7-3017-4A9F-B814-589329C68676 About Smart Connect for Pollux; change "WALKMAN player" to "WALKMAN application"
2.1.1 Gan Lu Released To start the Smart Connect application 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Smart Connect [app_name_smart_connect] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C873A6A9-8D7B-46E0-A142-5F750C07A596 To start the Smart Connect application Created for Smart Connect v5.0.5 1 Gan Lu Released To create a Smart Connect event 1 Start the Smart Connection application. If you are opening Smart Connect for the first time, tap OK [ok] to close the introduction screen. ID: ICN-SONYNEW-WINDOW-HOLO-DARK. 2 On the Events [event_tab] tab, tap 3 Give the event a name, then tap Create [dlg_add_event_button_create] . 4 Under When [edit_event_triggers] , add either an accessory or a time interval, or both. 5 Under Do this [edit_event_start_actions] , add what you want to happen in your device. 6 Under At the end [edit_event_stop_actions] , add what you want to happen when you disconnect the accessory or when the time interval comes to an end. If both these conditions are set, the actions start either when you disconnect the accessory, or when the time interval comes to an end. 7 To save the event, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK. To add a Bluetooth accessory, you have to first pair it with your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6FAC4C54-43FB-49B7-9629-446C10B5F912 To create a Smart Connect event Created for Smart Connect v5.0.5 1 Gan Lu Released 194 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To edit a Smart Connect event 1 Start the Smart Connection application. 2 On the Events [event_tab] tab, tap an event. 3 If the event is switched off, tap 4 Adjust the settings as desired. 5 To save the event, press ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-OFF. ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK. To delete an incorrect entry, touch and hold the entry and then tap Delete [delete] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DD5DB4FE-7107-4CBC-8C57-28384CA3EEA7 To edit a Smart Connect event Created for Smart Connect v5.0.5 1 Gan Lu Released 195 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Synchronising data on your phone Indexterm: "synchronising"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-28DAA87E-EB23-4FCF-80EC-BB843C864B1E Synchronising data on your device - heading only 1 JorgenL Released*
About synchronising data on your device Indexterm: "synchronising"
You can sync contacts, email, calendar events, and other information with your device from multiple email accounts, synchronisation services and other kinds of accounts, depending on the applications installed on your device. Synchronising your device with other information sources is an easy and practical way to stay up to date. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D8D6C8EA-2D89-497B-B322-0A49D2D1AFCB About synchronising data on your phone for Dogo; remove the list of information 3 Gan Lu Released Synchronising with Google Indexterm: "Google synchronisation"
Indexterm: "synchronising"
Sub-indexterm: "Google contacts, calendar, email"
Synchronise your phone with different Google services to keep your information up to date, regardless of which phone you're using your Google account from. For example, you can synchronise your contacts, Gmail and calendar data. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8FD641F7-C099-408F-9D1E-A01712736415 Google Sync synchronisation service for Nanhu SS; remove Google Browser 12 Gan Lu Released To set up a Google account for synchronisation 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Add account [add_account_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLE-
TM] . 3 Follow the registration wizard to create a Google account, or sign in if you 4 Tap your newly created Google account, then tap the items that you want to already have an account. synchronise. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7E6DA8CF-6E32-42A9-8626-EF851EE27181 To set up a Google account for synchronisation for Pollux; remove step 4 12 Gan Lu Released To synchronise manually with your Google account 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLE-TM] . 3 Tap the Google account that you want to synchronise. 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Sync now [sync_menu_sync_now] . GUID Title GUID-1B403B1F-500B-41F5-8077-9E8F4B4C8257 To synchronise manually with your Google account 196 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Changes Version Author Status for JB Platform; change a label in step 2 5 Gan Lu Released To remove a Google account 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLE-TM] . 3 Tap the Google account that you want to remove from the accounts list. 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Remove account [remove_account_label] . 5 Tap Remove account [remove_account_label] again to confirm. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B4F75C86-230E-481B-9A12-7ADF12525940 To remove a Google account for JB platform; change a label in step 2 9 Gan Lu Released Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts Indexterm: "Microsoft Exchange synchronisation"
Indexterm: "corporate email, calendar and contacts"
Indexterm: "synchronising"
Sub-indexterm: "with Microsoft Exchange"
Access your corporate email messages, calendar appointments and contacts directly from your device. View and manage them just as easily as you would from a computer. After setup, you can find your information in the Email [em_app_name] , Calendar [cal_app_label] and Contacts [contactsList] applications. For you to access the functionality described above, your corporate information must be stored on a Microsoft Exchange server. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-16B85AE6-57DF-421F-9596-611EA3A85879 Corporate email etc Device Term Change 4 Gan Lu Released To set up corporate email, calendar and contacts 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Add account [add_account_label] > Exchange ActiveSync [ex-
change_name] . 3 Enter your corporate email address and password. 4 Tap Next [next_action] . Your device begins to retrieve your account information. If a failure occurs, contact your corporate network administrator for more information. 5 Tap OK [ph_ok] to allow your corporate server to control your device. 6 Select what data you want to sync with your device, such as contacts and calendar entries. 7 If desired, activate the device administrator to allow your corporate server to control certain security features on your device. For example, you can allow your corporate server to set password rules and set storage encryption. 8 When the setup is done, enter a name for the corporate account. GUID-3962965F-AF05-424F-A59F-BB1E3EA26F10 GUID To set up corporate email etc Title for JB platform; remove step 3&4; change step 2 Changes 7 Version Gan Lu Author Status Released*
197 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To edit the setup of corporate email, calendar and contacts 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Email [em_app_name] , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU. 3 Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] and select a corporate account. 4 Change the desired settings. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F2995E0C-54E9-43FA-A02B-4DED8389F312 To edit your Exchange ActiveSync account for Odin & Yuga; change steps 2 & 3 4 Gan Lu Released To set a synchronisation interval for a corporate account 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Accounts & sync [sync_settings] and select your corporate account. 3 Tap Account settings [account_settings_action] , then tap the corporate account for which you want to set a synchronisation level. 4 Tap Inbox check frequency [account_settings_mail_check_frequency_label] and select an interval option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2A828419-E14E-4123-A8A3-128F519783E6 To set a synchronisation interval - EAS For ICS Update - change the description at step 3 3 Tan Nellie Released*
To remove a corporate account 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Exchange ActiveSync [exchange_name] , then select the corporate account. 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Remove account [remove_account_label] . 4 Tap Remove account [remove_account_label] again to confirm. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1F78C904-3F56-4A92-B018-B964B5E9930B To remove a corporate account for Odin & Yuga; add a label in step 2 4 Gan Lu Released Synchronising with Facebook Indexterm: "Facebook"
Sub-indexterm: "synchronisation"
Indexterm: "Facebook"
Sub-indexterm: "Xperia with Facebook"
Indexterm: "synchronising"
Sub-indexterm: "Facebook contacts, calendar, photos"
There are two ways to use Facebook on your device. You can use the standard Facebook application to access your online Facebook account, or you can synchronise your Facebook account with your device and share content between Facebook and a range of other applications. For example, you can share music in the "WALKMAN" application on your device via Facebook. To synchronise your device with Facebook, you must first set up an "Xperia with Facebook" account a solution developed by Sony to enable easy integration. GUID Title Changes Version Author GUID-DFC5FFBA-4663-4D32-B4F1-BD49FBE4399F Sync with Facebook inside Xperia for Odin; change Timescape to WALKMAN; change "Facebook integration to
"Xperia with Facebook"; Device Term Change 6 Gan Lu 198 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Status Released To set up an "Xperia with Facebook" account on your device 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Add account [add_account_label] > Xperia with Facebook
[auth_label] . 3 Follow the on-screen instructions to sign in to your Facebook account, or create a new account. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FEBC2F19-4E4A-4D41-BB94-2502341DB1C7 To set up a Facebook inside Xperia account on your device for Odin; change "Facebook integration" to "Xperia with Facebook"; Device Term Change 5 Gan Lu Released*
To synchronise manually with an "Xperia with Facebook" account 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Xperia with Facebook [auth_label] . 3 Select the account that you want to synchronise. 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Sync now [sync_menu_sync_now] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6D6FECAA-F74F-467B-91EC-B51C15FF88DE To sync manually with Xperia with Facebook for Odin; change "facebook integration" to "Xperia with Facebook"
5 Gan Lu Released To remove a Facebook integration account When you remove a Facebook integration account from your phone, the associated online Facebook account is not deleted and you can still access it from a computer. 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Xperia with Facebook [auth_label] . 3 Select the account that you want to remove. 4 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Remove account [remove_account_label] . 5 Tap Remove account [remove_account_label] again to confirm. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-113D4663-C554-4489-951B-ACCBAC8D07B7 To remove a Facebook inside Xperia account for Nanhu SS; change a label in step 2 5 Gan Lu Released 199 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Maps and locations Indexterm: "GPS"
Indexterm: "wireless networks"
Indexterm: "locations"
Indexterm: "maps"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 JorgenL Released*
GUID-B1602361-6E6A-4C3D-AD90-59DA2221197B Maps and locations - heading only About location services Indexterm: "GPS"
Indexterm: "wireless networks"
Indexterm: "location"
Use your device to find out where you are. There are two methods: GPS and wireless networks. Enable the wireless networks option if you only need your approximate location, and want it fast. If you want a more exact position, and have a clear view of the sky, enable the GPS option. In situations where the wireless network connection is weak, you should enable both options to ensure that your location is found. Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any location services including but not limited to navigational services. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C916866A-B045-42A5-B58F-E26F4129F7DF About location services device term change 2 QianWang Released Using GPS Your device has a global positioning system (GPS) receiver that uses satellite signals to calculate your location. When you use features that require the GPS receiver to find your location, make sure you have a clear view of the sky. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To enable GPS GUID-D115BE02-E89E-4E2A-838A-984E33539A9F Using GPS device term change 6 QianWang Released 1 From your Home screen, tap 2 Tap Settings [la_menu_settings] > Location services [location_settings_title] . 3 Mark the GPS satellites [location_gps] checkbox. ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B38FAFAB-9F56-4C79-8392-AB4E9EE30936 To enable GPS Update labels for ICS products 6 WangT Released*
Getting the best performance The first time you use the GPS it can take 5 to 10 minutes for your location to be found. To help the search, make sure you have a clear view of the sky. Stand still and don't cover the GPS antenna (the highlighted area in the image). The GPS signals can pass through clouds and plastic, but not through most solid objects such as 200 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. buildings and mountains. If your location isn't found after a few minutes, move to another location. ID:
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-395C3448-B84F-4DFD-A2D3-EA5CF6A14E60 Getting the best performance Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. 1 WangT Released Google Maps Indexterm: "Google Maps"
Indexterm: "Maps"
Track your current location, view real-time traffic situations and receive detailed directions to your destination. Before taking trips, you can download and save maps to your memory card to avoid high roaming costs. The Google Maps application requires the use of an Internet connection. You may incur data connection charges when you connect to the Internet from your device. Contact your network operator for more information. The Google Maps application may not be available in every market, country or region. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3D2F9342-00BF-45BC-94EE-B8D95FCCE84F Google Maps index term updated 10 QianWang Released To use Google Maps 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Maps [google-maps-maps] . If you want to use Google Maps, you have to enable one of the location methods available under Settings [la_menu_settings] > Location services [location_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-42F5EBF3-FE39-4000-B2F3-D48122F0B26F To use Maps For eDream 4.1 - ICS update 7 WangT Released*
To learn more about Google Maps When you use Google Maps, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Help
[google_maps_help] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-323FA75F-5130-4EC6-8FE4-9A05D8119BD9 To learn more about Maps From Odin/Yuga. Updated icon and change press to tap. 3 QianWang Released Viewing your friends locations with Google Latitude Indexterm: "Latitude"
Indexterm: "Google Latitude"
Join Google Latitude to view your friends locations on maps and share your location and other information with them. GUID Title Changes GUID-8F5922E5-665A-4A37-AE1C-815FAE8557BA Viewing your friends locations with Google Latitude 4.0 legal review comments implemented 201 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 2 WangT Released Using Google Maps to get directions Indexterm: "Navigation application"
Indexterm: "driving directions"
Use the Google Maps application to get directions when you travel by foot, public transportation, or car. You can add a shortcut to a destination on your Home screen to get quick directions from wherever you are. When you view a map, you make an Internet connection, and data is transferred to your device. So it's a good idea to download and save maps to your device before you take a trip. This way, you can avoid high roaming costs. Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any directional services. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-481D23C6-DA60-43D8-8BE5-143CEEF414A9 Getting driving directions device term change 9 QianWang Released*
Using the Navigation application Use the Navigation application in your device to get turn-by-turn instructions on how to get places. The directions are both spoken and displayed on the screen. The Navigation application may not be available in every market. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5CEA149E-FFED-4D6D-B53B-B656B1BC5C75 Using the Navigation application device term change 4 QianWang Released To start Navigation 1 From your Home screen, tap 2 Find and tap Navigation [navigation_app_name] . ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7E50DF30-726E-4555-A88F-CA6EBE00EFF9 To start Navigation Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. 1 WangT Released 202 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Calendar and alarm clock GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ECBFED5C-3FD9-4178-8410-BDF05AFE0032 Calendar and alarm clock - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Calendar Indexterm: "calendar"
Indexterm: "time management"
Indexterm: "events"
Sub-indexterm: "calendar"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CBBA1327-6D73-439D-87B0-2E2C4112207B Calendar - heading only 1 JorgenL Released About the calendar Your device has a calendar for managing your time schedule. If you have a Google account, you can also synchronise your device calendar with your web calendar. See Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts on page 197. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-AC492FE1-C780-4683-B1A7-1A156D38C51E About the calendar Updated from Togari and valid for all project onwards Device term change only No other text change NO NEED REVIEW 2 WangHerman Draft To set the calendar view 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Calendar [cal_app_label] . 2 Tap Month [month_view] , Week [week_view] or Day [day_view] to select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B4247FA7-E926-4F30-9A63-594965D23245 To set the calendar view Valid for eDream 6.0 Nozomi Aoba 5 WangHerman Released To view multiple calendars 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Calendar [cal_app_label] . 2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap My calendars [menu_select_calendars] . 3 Select the calendars you want to view. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-38ECA636-32DF-42B1-89D7-FCC59C1E6703 To view multiple calendars Valid for eDream 4.0.1 Urushi. Label updated only. 7 WangHerman Released*
To create a calendar event Indexterm: "calendar"
203 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sub-indexterm: "create an event"
1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap Calendar [cal_app_label] . ID: ICN-SONY-
2 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap New event [event_create] . 3 Enter the name, time, location and description for the event. 4 Select a reminder for the event. To add a new reminder for the event, tap ICN-SONYNEW-WINDOW-HOLO-DARK. 5 Tap Done [done_action] . ID:
When the appointment time approaches, your phone plays a short sound to remind you. Also, ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-CALENDAR appears in the status bar. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-87AB0FCE-7DAF-4D8C-BF7C-B2DB57AE2AFA To create a calendar event Valid for Nicki Label updated only in step5 No text change NO NEED RE-
VIEW 9.1.1 WangHerman Draft To view a calendar event 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap Calendar [cal_app_label] . ID: ICN-SONY-
2 Tap the event you want to view. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9E9515CA-9293-43C4-B772-71B2358A39FB To view a calendar event Valid for eDream 4.0.1 Urushi. Label updated only. 6 WangHerman Released To change the calendar settings 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap Calendar [cal_app_label] . ID: ICN-SONY-
2 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [menu_preferences] . 3 Tap the setting you want to change, then edit as desired. GUID Title Changes GUID-ACA68FC1-0F37-4C04-8E1C-3F8D25930FC3 To change the calendar settings Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 8 WangHerman Released Version Author Status Alarm clock Indexterm: "ringtone"
Indexterm: "vibration"
Indexterm: "alarm"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "an alarm"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-3FBC57C7-1556-440E-B522-08403A64455B Alarm clock - heading only 1 JorgenL Released About the alarm clock Use your device as an alarm clock and select any sound in your device as your alarm signal. The alarm does not sound if your device is turned off. But it does sound when your device is set to silent mode. GUID Title Changes GUID-F5FC671B-D26F-4394-B67B-81F3420E1693 About the alarm clock Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Device term change only No other text change NO NEED REVIEW 204 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 2 WangHerman Draft To open the alarm clock 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BF64BBBC-7137-4E46-80C0-6B213644B50D To open the alarm clock Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 11 WangHerman Released To set a new alarm ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 1 From your Home screen, tap 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap Add alarm [add_alarm] . 4 Tap Time [time] and adjust the time by scrolling up and down. 5 Tap Done [done] . 6 If desired, edit other alarm settings. 7 Tap Done [done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BBD8A2E8-E168-4C12-B44D-78D517DCC718 To set a new alarm Valid for Odin Yuga onwards Label updated only No need review 13 WangHerman Released To edit an existing alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap the alarm you want to edit. 4 Tap Time [time] and adjust the time by scrolling up and down. 5 Tap Done [done] . 6 If desired, edit other alarm settings. 7 Tap Done [done] . The alarm time format displayed is the same as the format you select for your general time settings, for example, 12-hour or 24-hour. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-78B0F168-633F-486B-B279-DB3EDD413359 To edit an existing alarm Valid for Odin Yuga onwards Label updated only No need review 11 WangHerman Released To deactivate an alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-ALARM next to the alarm you want to deactivate. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-74DB17F6-DC5D-46D9-AC0D-91D3CEB046D4 To deactivate an alarm Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 11 WangHerman Released 205 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To activate an existing alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-ALARM next to the alarm you want to activate. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C8A84DE5-4042-4B27-BC9A-CBE7C9F79E25 To activate an existing alarm Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 11 WangHerman Released To delete an alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Touch and hold the alarm you want to delete. 4 Tap Delete alarm [delete_alarm] , then tap Yes [gui_yes_txt] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-80576A84-8F35-42D3-B98F-978772FBA94E To delete an alarm Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 13 WangHerman Released To set the ringtone for an alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap the alarm you want to edit. 4 Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] and unmark the Style settings [alarm_di-
vider_styling] checkbox. 5 Tap Alarm sound [alarm_sound] and select an option. 6 Tap Done [done] , then tap Done [done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-53876E40-3354-4940-9972-990B678E56A1 To set the alarm signal Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 12 WangHerman Released To set a recurring alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap the alarm you want to edit. 4 Tap Repeat [alarm_repeat] . 5 Mark the checkboxes for the desired days, then tap OK [ok] . 6 Tap Done [done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-F16ADE60-533C-483E-ADB7-104FBC199F52 To set a recurring alarm Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 12 WangHerman Released 206 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To set the title for an alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap the alarm you want to edit. 4 Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] , then tap the Alarm text
[alarm_strings_alarm_text_title_txt] field and enter a name for the alarm. 5 Tap Done [done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-539AE06C-CB28-436A-88B1-818209CA7788 To set a title for an alarm Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 11 WangHerman Released To activate the vibrate function for an alarm 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] . 3 Tap the alarm you want to edit. 4 Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] , then mark the Vibrate [alarm_vibrate]
checkbox. 5 Tap Done [done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-303D610E-F5C8-41EC-A166-BD658B1C4370 To turn on the vibration signal for an alarm Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 12 WangHerman Released To set alarms to sound when the device is in silent mode 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] , then tap to select an alarm. 3 Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] , then mark the Alarm in silent mode
[alarm_in_silent_mode_title] checkbox. 4 Tap Done [done] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-62CDB24C-9410-4CFB-8695-8DA96C9F6CD3 To set the alarm in silent mode Updated from Huashan and valid for all HTML UG Device term change only No need review 8.1.4 WangHerman Released To snooze an alarm when it sounds Tap Snooze - min [alarm_alert_snooze_min] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2B840C9B-5748-43FC-A2F5-B00D5F685BDC To turn off or snooze an alarm when it sounds Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 7 WangHerman Released To turn off an alarm when it sounds Slide GUID Title Changes Version ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-ALARM to the right. GUID-E3BC96CC-903A-4362-AB16-5EC1E104562C To turn off an alarm when it sounds Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition upda-
ted only No text changes No need review 4 207 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Author Status WangHerman Released 208 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Support and maintenance Indexterm: "phone maintenance"
Indexterm: "maintenance"
Indexterm: "support"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status 1 JorgenL Released*
GUID-74499E7C-C777-4295-A45A-DC61658D999A Support and maintenance - heading only Updating your device Indexterm: "updating your device"
Indexterm: "device"
Sub-indexterm: "update"
Update your device to the most recent software version to get optimal performance and the latest enhancements. You can use the Update center application on your device to run a wireless update or you can use the PC Companion application on a computer to run an update using a USB cable connection. If you update wirelessly, then you can use either a mobile network or a Wi-Fi network connection. Just make sure you back up and save all data stored on your device before you update. When you run an update using the Update center application, a data connection is established and related charges may be incurred. Also, the availability of updates over a mobile network depends on your operator. Contact your network operator for more information. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-FABC28A6-48B3-4457-8068-91834B8CB1F0 Updating your phone - new version Update from Odin Yuga and valid for all projects onwards Index term upda-
ted only based on ED review No need review 13 WangHerman Released Updating your device wirelessly Use the Update center application to update your device wirelessly. You can download software updates manually, or you can allow Update service to update your device automatically whenever downloads become available. When the automatic update feature is activated, a notification appears in the status bar every time an update becomes available. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-46E34C96-CD92-4DB5-BDDC-3081431482A4 Updating your phone wirelessly Device Term Change 3 WangHerman Released To download software updates manually from Update center 1 From your Home screen, tap 2 Find and tap Update Center [update_center_app_name_txt] . 3 Select the desired application or system update and tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . ID: ICN-SONY-UC-
ID: ICN-SONY-UC-DOWNLOAD-SEVERAL to download DOWNLOAD, or tap all application updates. Application updates launch automatically after download. With system updates, install the update manually after download, then your device will restart when the installation is finished. You may incur data connection charges when downloading updates over mobile networks. GUID Title Changes GUID-8CCE0AB2-B9D4-415B-BB96-99406E3E97D1 To download software updates manually Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Label updated and rephrased the system updates part in note 209 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Version Author Status 8 WangHerman Draft To activate automatic software updates using the Update Center application 1 From your Home screen, tap 2 Find and tap Update Center [update_center_app_name_txt] . 3 Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Settings [update_center_options_menu_set-
ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . tings_txt] . 4 Mark the Allow automatic downloads [automatic_update_settings_title_txt] checkbox, then tap Agree [agree_label] . Updates are now downloaded automatically as soon as they become available. You may incur data connection charges when downloading updates over mobile networks. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-30B859DA-2FAD-4C39-AF5E-8E857AAA68DB To download software updates automatically Update from Odin Yuga and valid for all oning projects Removed 3G in note only 9 WangHerman Released To install system updates 1 From your Home screen, tap 2 Find and tap Update Center [update_center_app_name_txt] . 3 Select a system update you want to install, then tap DOWNLOAD-READY-TO-INSTALL. ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . ID: ICN-SONY-UC-
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-80EE363C-A662-4AC7-A280-1DD05BF77955 To install system updates Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Label updated only No text change NO NEED REVIEW 3 WangHerman Draft Updating your device using a USB cable connection Some updates are not available for wireless download. Notifications appear in the status bar to inform you of such updates. To download and run the updates, you need a USB cable and a computer running the PC Companion application. You can install PC Companion on the computer using installation files saved on your device, or you can download the application directly from PC Companion. GUID-14D62035-6D62-4C0B-895B-0CCD4B30FAFD Updating your phone using a USB cable Updated from Huashan and valid for all ongoing HTML UG Updated link only No need review 8 WangHerman Released GUID Title Changes Version Author Status To download the PC Companion application from your device 1 Connect your device to a computer using a USB cable. 2 When prompted, follow the instructions in your device to launch the installation of PC Companion on the computer. PC Companion can also be downloaded from PC Companion. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7ED22A2A-2675-458C-9304-FB54397D0F6B To download PC Companion application from your phone Updated from Huashan and valid for all ongoing HTML UG Updated link only No need review 4 WangHerman Released 210 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To download software updates using a USB cable connection 1 Install the PC Companion application on the computer you are using, if it is not already installed. 2 Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable. 3 Computer: Launch the PC Companion application. After a few moments, PC Companion detects your device and searches for new software for it. 4 Device: When notifications appear in the status bar, follow the on-screen instructions to carry out the relevant software updates. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8234E689-69C7-436B-98B8-DDCEE0DD04E8 To download software updates using a USB cable Device Term Change 7 WangHerman Released To update your device using an Apple Mac computer 1 Install Sony Bridge for Mac application on the Apple Mac computer you are using, if it is not already installed. 2 Using a USB cable, connect your device to the Apple Mac computer. 3 Computer: Launch Sony Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments, Sony Bridge for Mac application detects your device and searches for new software for it. 4 Computer: If a new software update is detected, a popup window appears. Follow the on-screen instructions to carry out the relevant software updates. Sony Bridge for Mac application is downloadable from Bridge for mac. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CB62B1AC-D041-4E4C-A8CF-C5E0B9675ED8 Updating your phone using an Apple Mac computer Updated from Huashan and valid for all ongoing HTML UG Updated link only No need review 4 WangHerman Released Backing up and restoring phone content Indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "content"
Indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
Use the Backup and restore application to make backups of phone content to your memory card or to an online storage account. Such backups can be used to restore your content and some phone settings in cases where your data gets lost or deleted. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2D47AD15-D394-4E54-AC4D-8EC7FD0C9E72 Backing up and restoring For 6.0 STE: change index content only 5 XuCindy Released Types of content you can back up Use the Backup and restore application to back up the following types of data:
Bookmarks Call log Contacts Applications downloaded from Google Play Multimedia messages System settings (such as alarms, ringer volume, and language settings) 211 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Text messages You do not need to back up music files and photos or videos taken with the camera. They are backed up automatically to the device's memory card. You may incur additional data transmission charges when you restore applications from Google Play. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9D77D8EF-C130-46A7-BD2E-E39C78715514 Types of content you can back up Device Term Change 9 MikeCao Released Resetting your device GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-DC1A8CCE-C51A-44BB-A9F7-5C0D0C3E15FA Resetting your device New heading for HTML user guide to be used from Hushan onwards 1 LisaY Released About resetting your device Indexterm: "resetting"
You can reset your device to its original settings, with or without deleting all of your personal data. It is possible to reset your device to the state it was in before you first turned it on. But before you perform a reset, make sure to back up any important data saved on your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-B575DCE7-245D-4510-A1C6-20E50282D7F5 About resetting your device change "Resetting your device" to "About resetting your device" for html Userguide 7.1.1 LisaY Released To perform a factory data reset To avoid permanent damage to your device, do not restart your device while a reset procedure is underway. 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Backup & reset [privacy_settings] . 3 Tap Factory data reset [master_clear_title] . 4 If you also want to erase data such as pictures and music, which is saved to your device's internal storage, mark the Erase internal storage [erase_external_stor-
age<product="nosdcard">] checkbox. 5 Tap Reset phone [master_clear_button_text<product="default">] . 6 To confirm, tap Erase everything [master_clear_final_button_text] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7AEF8CEC-825F-4962-976F-522A7D71D5FE To reset the factory data device term change only for Huashan html userguide 3 LisaY Released Locking and protecting your device Indexterm: "screen"
Sub-indexterm: "screen unlock pattern"
Indexterm: "PIN"
Indexterm: "PUK"
Indexterm: "SIM card"
GUID GUID-2639F9EC-B210-437E-BCCC-DC2A951FFD2D 212 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Title Changes Version Author Status Locking and protecting your device - heading Device term change 5 PengLeon Released*
IMEI number Every device has a unique IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) number. You should keep a copy of this number. If your device is stolen, your network provider can use your IMEI number to stop the device from accessing the network in your country. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D05972EA-29A9-4C5D-B5DB-9714DD83632E IMEI number Device term change 5 PengLeon Released To view your IMEI number ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-KRC-SS Turn off your device, then remove the battery cover and battery to view your IMEI number. Open the phone dialer on your device and enter *#06#*. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0DA2A023-E45B-4D48-8205-AA78D4887688 To view your IMEI number - Odin Device term change 6 PengLeon Draft To view your IMEI number in the device 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > About phone [about_settings<product="default">] > Status
[device_status] . 3 Scroll to IMEI [status_imei] to view the IMEI [status_imei] number. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8EC38745-EBB2-49E3-BD47-B16DC4DCC17F To view your IMEI number in the phone Device term change 7 PengLeon Released 213 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. SIM card protection Indexterm: "SIM card"
Indexterm: "PIN"
Indexterm: "PUK"
The SIM card lock only protects your subscription. Your device will still work with a new SIM card. If the SIM card lock is on, you have to enter a PIN (Personal Identity Number). If you enter your PIN incorrectly more times than the maximum number of attempts allowed, your SIM card will become blocked. You need to enter your PUK
(Personal Unblocking Key) and then a new PIN. Your PIN, PIN2 and PUK are supplied by your network operator. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-ABAFC2D8-055E-4E92-87A7-DB201A033D00 SIM card protection Device term change 5 PengLeon Released*
To enable the SIM card PIN lock 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Set up SIM/RUIM card lock [sim_lock_settings_category] . 3 Tap Lock SIM card [sim_enable_sim_lock] . 4 Enter the SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-5356FA5C-1394-42B5-925F-6D2EF991D4D7 To enable the SIM card PIN lock Update for Tapioca DS. Add new steps and condtions for DS and icons. 5 Hu Pan Released To change the SIM card PIN 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL . 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Set up SIM/RUIM card lock [sim_lock_settings_category] . 3 Tap Change SIM PIN [sim_pin_change] . 4 Enter the old SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] . 5 Enter the new SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] . 6 Re-type the new SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-66762638-590B-495A-98A3-1FB8ED5F6955 To change the SIM card PIN Update for Tapioca DS. Add steps and condition for Tapioca DS. 5 Hu Pan Released To change the SIM card PIN2 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Call settings [call_settings_title]
3 Tap Fixed dialing numbers [fdn] > Change PIN2 [change_pin2] . 4 Enter the old SIM card PIN2 and tap OK [ph_ok] . 5 Enter the new SIM card PIN2 and tap OK [ph_ok] . 6 Confirm the new PIN2 and tap OK [ph_ok] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8A252C68-D2E2-4CC7-B5F0-47D151159933 To change the SIM card PIN2 Update for Tapioca DS. Add steps and conditions. 5 Hu Pan Released 214 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To unlock a locked SIM card 1 When Enter PUK and new PIN code. [keyguard_password_enter_puk_code] appears, enter the PUK code. 2 Enter a new PIN code and tap OK [ph_ok] . 3 Re-enter the new PIN code and tap OK [ph_ok] . If you enter an incorrect PUK code too many times, the SIM card becomes locked. If this happens, contact your service provider to get a new SIM card. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-6654AA24-3864-4B15-A219-FC7C1CC95986 To unblock a locked SIM card Add one step from Tsubasa Gina TID reviewing 8 PanL Released Setting a screen lock There are several ways to lock your device screen. For example, you can use the Face Unlock feature, which uses a picture of your face to unlock the screen. You can also set a screen unlock pattern, a number-based PIN lock, or a text-based password. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-08EC7630-FD8C-447A-BD76-199317B4BB3F Set up screen lock Device term change 3 PengLeon Released To set a screen lock 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] . 2 Select an option. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-89E19A3B-4420-48D4-A449-6DEF928CE0C0 To set a screen lock Valid from Dogo only Tip removed according to Jorgen comments 5 PengLeon Released To set up the Face Unlock feature 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] . 2 Tap Face Unlock [udoc_trans_unlock_set_ face_unlock] , then follow the instructions in your device to capture your face. 3 After your face is successfully captured, tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] . 4 Select a backup lock method and follow the instructions in the device to complete the setup. The Face Unlock feature is less secure than a screen lock pattern, PIN, or password. Someone who looks similar to you could unlock your device. For best results, capture your face in an indoor area that is well lit but not too bright, and hold the device at eye level. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-94EBF99A-4C98-44AD-81B1-620DBDD534C5 To set up the Face Unlock protection Device term change 4 PengLeon Released 215 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To unlock the screen using the Face Unlock feature 1 Activate the screen. 2 Look at your device from the same angle you used to capture your Face Unlock photo. If the Face Unlock feature fails to recognise your face, you need to draw the backup pattern or enter the PIN to unlock the screen. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-9D3616A6-A462-45ED-BFDC-26D20002A3CB To unlock the screen using the Face Unlock feature Device term change 2 PengLeon Released To disable the Face Unlock feature 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] . 2 Draw your backup screen unlock pattern or enter your PIN. 3 Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-64709CE2-6987-4E3B-B2F2-934689181A69 To disable the Face Unlock feature Valid from Pollux (Updated according to editorial comments) 4 PengLeon Released To create a screen unlock pattern 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [un-
lock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] > Pattern [unlock_set_unlock_pattern_title] . 3 Follow the instructions in your device. You are asked to select a security question that will be used to unlock the device if you forget your screen unlock pattern. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-346DE791-CADA-4BF1-A919-5CAC0817272A To create a screen unlock pattern Device term change 6 PengLeon Released To unlock the screen using a screen unlock pattern 1 Activate the screen. 2 Draw your screen unlock pattern. If the unlock pattern you draw on the screen is rejected five times in a row, you can select to either wait 30 seconds and then try again, or to answer the security question you have selected. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-01E17F5F-AD94-4FC1-ABFD-A22C37526813 To unlock the screen using a screen unlock pattern Remove one step from Tsubasa Gina TID reviewing 6 PanL Released 216 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To change the screen unlock pattern 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [un-
lock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] . 3 Draw your screen unlock pattern. 4 Tap Pattern [unlock_set_unlock_pattern_title] . 5 Follow the instructions in your device. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4D9F9FE9-FB5F-4CE2-A6B2-FFEC5389E3C3 To change the screen unlock pattern Device term change 7 PengLeon Released To disable the screen unlock pattern 1 From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL >
Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_pick-
er_title] . 2 Draw the screen unlock pattern. 3 Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-953E76D2-861C-43EA-968C-96E2C0D6FCE7 To disable the screen unlock pattern Update for ICS function. Update the task steps. 4 Hu Pan Released*
To create a screen unlock PIN 1 From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL >
Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_pick-
er_title] > PIN [unlock_set_unlock_pin_title] . 2 Enter a numeric PIN. 3 If necessary, tap 4 Tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] . 5 Re-enter and confirm your PIN. 6 If necessary, tap 7 Tap OK [ok] . ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard. ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BDD43B55-3A1E-4985-9722-9214A515C52B To create a screen unlock PIN Valid from Odin and Yuga (Only icon changed no text updated) 3 PengLeon Released To disable the screen unlock PIN 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] . 2 Enter your PIN, then tap Next [next_button_label] . 3 Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-83C4262A-3A90-400B-B579-FCA8166DA93C To disable the screen unlock PIN Update for ICS function. 2 Hu Pan Released*
217 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. To create a screen lock password 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] > Password [lockscreen_glogin_password_hint] . 2 Enter a password. 3 If necessary, tap 4 Tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] . 5 Re-enter and confirm your password. 6 If necessary, tap 7 Tap OK [ok] . ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard. ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-CC50D2CE-E557-4CAE-AEF5-5372F02B7D39 To create the screen unlock password Valid from Odin and Yuga (only icon changed no text updated) 3 PengLeon Released To disable the screen unlock password 1 From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] . 2 Enter your password and tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] . 3 Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E2143224-2786-4FA5-9574-701F849BB063 To disable the screen unlock password Update one label comment from Tsubasa Gina TID reviewing 4 PanL Released*
Support application Indexterm: "Support application"
GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-7A88A756-3B21-4970-9E9F-1EC73D4277B4 Help application - heading only Software chagnes "Help" to "Support" App for Taoshan 3 LisaY Released To access the Support application ID: ICN-SONY-APP-SUPPORT. 1 From your Application screen, find and tap 2 Find and tap the required support item. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-588EA450-00B8-46C6-892D-58CF7E2CB19B To access the Support application Same text as version5 only capitalized S for support application 7 CynthiaH Released Recycling your phone Indexterm: "recycling your phone"
Got an old phone lying around the house? Why not recycle it? By doing so, you will help us reuse its materials and components, and youll protect the environment, too!
Find out more about the recycling options in your region at blogs.sonymobile.com/
about-us/sustainability/commitment/overview/. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-D08F930B-B234-4D13-B1A2-FD4F5B866A9B Recycling your phone For Tsubasa html User guide. Updated cross reference 1.1.1 JorgenL Released 218 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Reference GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-0CE60553-0706-4B38-B614-3AFED70B2C2F Reference - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Settings overview Get to know the settings in your device so that you can personalise them to your own requirements. Wi-Fi [wifi]
Turn Wi-Fi on or off, scan for available Wi-Fi networks, or add a Wi-Fi network. Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_tog-
gle_title]
Turn Bluetooth on or off, search for available Bluetooth devices, and make your device visible or invisible to other Bluetooth devices. Data usage [account_settings_da-
ta_usage]
Turn the mobile data traffic on or off, and keep track of your data usage details over a specified period of time. More [radio_controls_title]
Turn Airplane mode on or off, configure settings for VPN and mobile networks, and enable your device to share its mobile data connection as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot, or via USB tethering or Bluetooth tethering. You can also enable or disable the NFC function. Call settings [call_settings_title] Manage and configure settings for fixed dialing numbers, voicemail and Internet calls. Sound [sound_settings]
Display [display_settings_title]
Storage [storage_settings]
Configure how your device rings, vibrates, or alerts you when you receive communications. You can also use these settings to set the volume level for music, video, games or other media with audio, and to make related adjustments. Enable the screen to switch orientation when you rotate your device. You can also set the brightness, font size, wallpaper and screen timeout. Check out the available space on the internal storage and on the SD card. You can also erase the SD card, or unmount it for safe removal. Power management [pow-
er_settings_title]
Turn the power saving modes on or off. You can also view your battery status and see how different applications consume battery power. Apps [applications_settings]
Manage running applications, downloaded applications and applications on the SD card. Xperia [sonyericsson_settings_ti-
tle]
Access a range of settings tailored to your Xperia device, for example, USB connection mode and Internet. Location services [loca-
tion_settings_title]
Security [security_settings_title]
Enable or disable access to your location information. Protect your device by setting up different locks and passwords. You can also allow the installation of applications not from Google Play. 219 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Language & input [lan-
guage_settings]
Select the device language, adjust text input options and configure speech settings. Backup & reset [privacy_set-
tings]
Setup guide [setupguide_set-
tings_title]
Back up your data and reset your device. Get help setting up your device. Add account [add_account_la-
bel]
Add an account on your device, for example, an email account or a Google account. Date & time [date_and_time_set-
tings_title]
Set the time and date, or choose the network-provided values. Select your preferred date and hour format. Accessibility [accessibility_set-
tings]
Enable your installed accessibility services and adjust related settings. Developer options [develop-
ment_settings_title]
Set options for application development. For example, you can display CPU usage on the Home screen or set your device to enter debug mode when USB connections are active. About phone [about_set-
tings<product="default">]
View information about your device, such as the model number and signal strength. You can also update your software to the latest version. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-41CE9920-8E92-421A-873A-20C132CA49F2 Phone settings overview Update from v14. For Aoba JB. Remove "screen mirroring security and Throw settings" in Xperia. Remove "add words to the personal dictionary" in Language input. 14.2.1 Vera Qu Released Status and notification icons overview GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-8CCE681D-6FAB-4172-9224-6CFCEF0A966A Icons overview Valid for eDream 6.0 (changed the title to be more specific) 4 PengLeon Released Status icons Indexterm: "status"
Indexterm: "icons"
The following status icons may appear on your screen:
Signal strength No signal ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
SIGN AL-4 ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
SIGN AL-0 220 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Roaming GPRS is available EDGE is available 3G is available Sending and downloading GPRS data Sending and downloading EDGE data ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
CON NECT ED-
ROA MING ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
CON NECT ED-G ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
CON NECT ED-E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
CON NECT ED-3 G ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
FULL Y-
INAN DOU T-G ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
FULL Y-
INAN DOU T-E 221 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sending and downloading 3G data Battery status The battery is charging GPS is activated Airplane mode is activated The Bluetooth function is activated The SIM card is not inserted ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
FULL Y-
INAN DOU T-3G ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
BATT ERY-
60 ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
BATT ERY-
CHA RGE-
ANIM 3 ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT USBA R-
GPS-
ON ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SYS-
FLIG HT-
MOD E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DATA
-
BLUE TOOT H ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SYS-
NO-
SIM-
222 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. The microphone is muted The speakerphone is on Silent mode Vibrate mode An alarm is set Synchronisation is ongoing Problem with sign-in or synchronisation CAR D ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SYS-
CALL
-
MUT E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
SPEA KERP HON E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SYS-
RING ER-
SILE NT ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
RING ER-
VIBR ATE ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
ALAR M ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
SYNC
-
ANIM 0 ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
SYNC
-
223 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. A Wi-Fi connection is enabled and wireless networks are available GUID-608EF053-148E-44EB-8B03-5B0E9CE88C10 Status icons Valid from Hikari (only one icon removed no text updated) 10 PengLeon Released*
ERRO R ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
WIFI-
SIGN AL-4 GUID Title Changes Version Author Status Notification icons Indexterm: "notification"
Indexterm: "icons"
The following notification icons may appear on your screen:
New email message New text message or multimedia message New voicemail An upcoming calendar event A song is playing ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SUPP ORT-
MAIL-
SE ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SYM-
ACTI ON-
SMS ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
VOIC EMAI L ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
CALE NDA R ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
MUSI C-
LIBR ARY-
224 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. The phone is connected to a computer via a USB cable Warning message Error message Missed call Call ongoing Call on hold Call forwarding on TRAC KS-
BG ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
TETH ER-
USB ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
WAR NING ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
ERRO R ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
MISS ED-
CALL ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
PHO NE-
CALL ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
PHO NE-
CALL
-ON-
HOL D ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
PHO NE-
CALL
-
225 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Software updates available Downloading data Uploading data More (undisplayed) notifications FOR WAR D ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
SYNC
-
ANIM 0 ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-SYS-
DOW NLOA D-
ANIM 4 ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
SYS-
UPLO AD ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
STAT
-
NOTI FY-
MOR E GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-E62A6282-5CCC-42BE-ABF4-FB624175420A Notification icons For eDream 4.0. Remove New Instant Message icon 7 WangT Released*
Application overview Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "overview"
Use the Clock application to set various kinds of alarms. Use your web browser to navigate and view web pages, manage bookmarks, and manage text and images. ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
ALAR M ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
BRO WSE R 226 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Use the Calculator application to perform basic calculations. Use the Calendar application to keep track of your events and manage your appointments. Use the camera to take photos and record video clips. Use the Contact application to manage phone numbers, email address and other information related to your contacts. Access your downloaded applications. Use the Email application to send and receive emails through both private and corporate accounts. Use the Facebook application to engage in social networking with friends, family members and colleagues around the world. Browse and listen to FM radio stations. Use the Gallery application to view and to work with your photos and videos. ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
CALC ULAT OR ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
CALE NDA R ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
CAM ERA ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
PHO NEB OOK ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
DOW NLOA DS ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
EMAI L ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
FACE BOO K ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
RADI O ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
GALL ERY 227 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
GMAI L ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
GOO GLE-
SEAR CH ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
LATIT UDE ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
GOO GLE-
MAP S ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
MAR KET-
PLAC E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
MES SAGI NG ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
MUSI C-
PLAY ER ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
MUSI C-
VIDE OS ID:
ICN-
SON This is a draft publication for internal use only. Use the Gmail application in your phone to read, write and organise email messages. Search for information in your phone and on the web. Use the Latitude application to view your friends locations on a map and share your location. View your current location, find other locations, and calculate routes using Google Maps. Go to Google Play to download free and paid applications for your phone. Use the Messaging application to send and receive text and multimedia messages. Use the WALKMAN application to organise and play music, audio books and podcasts. View the updates of music and videos that your friends have shared on Facebook. Navigate your way using spoken, turn-by-turn instructions. 228 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. Y-
APP-
NAVI GATI ON ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
WEA THER ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
DIAL ER ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
PLAC ES ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
SETTI NGS ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
SETU P-
GUID E ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
GOO GLE-
TALK ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
TRAC K-ID ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
SUPP ORT ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
This is a draft publication for internal use only. View news stories and weather forecasts. Make phone calls by dialling the number manually. Search for places, for example, restaurants and cafs. Optimise phone settings to suit your own requirements. Use the Setup guide application to learn about basic functions and to get help setting up the phone. Use the Google Talk application to chat with friends online. Identify music tracks that you hear playing in your surroundings, and get artist, album and other info. Use the Help application to access user support directly in the phone. For example, you can access a User guide, troubleshooting information, plus tips and tricks. Use YouTube to share and view videos from around the world. 229 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Download and install new applications and updates. YOUT UBE ID:
ICN-
SON Y-
APP-
UPDA TE-
CENT ER Some applications are not supported by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-C91B8D79-CD60-4158-9600-63B728C514EB Applications overview Changed from TapiocaSSand JLO removed somes apps that not preload in phone 26 CynthiaH Released*
230 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Important information GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-649D6144-4BB8-4D37-8311-A6303D21E672 Important information - heading only 1 JorgenL Released Important information leaflet Before you use your device, please read the Important information leaflet provided in the Setup guide in your device or in the box. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-4EB461AA-46A2-4B40-A84B-BFF5E93028AF Important information leaflet 1 JorgenL Released*
To access the setup guide manually 1 From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL. 2 Tap Settings [settings_label] > Setup guide [setupguide_settings_title] . GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-45BAC9AF-99A4-4D6C-979B-E6E88255911E To access the setup guide manually For Jelly Bean projects. Steps changed. 7 QianWang Released Limitations to services and features Some of the services and features described in this User guide are not supported in all countries/regions or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. Without limitation, this applies to the GSM International Emergency Number, 112. Please contact your network operator or service provider to determine availability of any specific service or feature and whether additional access or usage fees apply. Use of certain features and applications described in this guide may require access to the Internet. You may incur data connection charges when you connect to the Internet from your phone. Contact your wireless service provider for more information. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-2871DC0F-1733-400C-A0A4-6AEC258F6444 Limitations to services and features 1 JorgenL Released*
Legal information GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-1A9D3F04-6F50-46B0-98ED-788E34A611F3 Legal information - heading Generic 1 JorgenL Released 231 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Sony [Emptylabel][]/[Emptylabel][] [Empty label] []
This User guide is published by Sony Mobile Communications AB or its local affiliated company, without any warranty. Improvements and changes to this User guide necessitated by typographical errors, inaccuracies of current information, or improvements to programs and/or equipment, may be made by Sony Mobile Communications AB at any time and without notice. Such changes will, however, be incorporated into new editions of this User guide. Sony Mobile Communications AB, 2012. All rights reserved. Your mobile phone has the capability to download, store and forward additional content, for example, ringtones. The use of such content may be restricted or prohibited by rights of third parties, including but not limited to restriction under applicable copyright laws. You, and not Sony, are entirely responsible for additional content that you download to or forward from your mobile phone. Prior to your use of any additional content, please verify that your intended use is properly licensed or is otherwise authorized. Sony does not guarantee the accuracy, integrity or quality of any additional content or any other third party content. Under no circumstances will Sony be liable in any way for your improper use of additional content or other third party content. This User guide may reference services or applications provided by third parties. Use of such programming or services may require separate registration with the third party provider and may be subject to additional terms of use. For applications accessed on or through a third-party website, please review such websites terms of use and applicable privacy policy in advance. Sony does not warrant or guarantee the availability or performance of any third-party websites or offered services. Remove the battery to see regulatory information such as the CE mark. All product and company names mentioned herein are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. Visit www.sonymobile.com for more information. All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual phone. This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft. Content owners use Windows Media digital rights management technology (WMDRM) to protect their intellectual property, including copyrights. This device uses WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protected content. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the software's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. Revocation does not affect unprotected content. When you download licenses for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade WMDRM to access their content. If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade. This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 visual and AVC patent portfolio licenses for the personal and non-
commercial use of a consumer for (i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard
("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG- 4 or AVC video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial uses and licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C. See http://www.mpegla.com. MPEG Layer-3 audio decoding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. GUID Title Changes Version Author Status GUID-BA620967-57C4-482B-9882-A32947F9CFB9 Legal text - html User guide - Tsubasa Part number is removed 1 JorgenL Released*
232 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Index
..............................................................................135 A accounts ..................................................................14 Exchange Active Sync ..................................14 Facebook .....................................................14 Google .........................................................14 adjusting volume ...................................................104 Airplane mode .........................................................53 alarm ......................................................................204 Album ....................................................141, 142, 143 map ...............................................................153 My albums .....................................................144 online albums ................................................155 opening .........................................................141 pictures ..........................................................142 SensMe slideshow .....................................147 thumbnail size ...............................................143 viewing ..................................142, 144, 153, 155 viewing local content .....................................142 analysing photos ...........................................................150 Android Market - See Google Play ..................62 Android ..................................................................8 animated wallpaper .................................................30 answering service ....................................................71 applications arranging .........................................................35 overview ........................................................226 screen ..............................................................31 sorting .............................................................35 audio ......................................................................109 adjusting volume ...........................................104 playing ...........................................................103 playing tracks in random order .....................109 audio content related content ..............................................106 B back cover attaching ..........................................................11 removing ..........................................................10 backing up contacts ...................................................86, 211 content ..........................................................211 battery .....................................................................17 Bluetooth wireless technology ...........................183 brightness ................................................................51 business cards sending ............................................................86 C calendar .................................................................203 create an event ..............................................203 calls ...................................................................66, 75 barring .............................................................70 diverting .....................................................70, 74 emergency .......................................................66 forwarding .......................................................74 log ....................................................................70 missed .............................................................70 multiple ............................................................72 reject ................................................................69 settings ............................................................74 waiting .............................................................72 camera ...........................................121, 125, 126, 135 closing ...........................................................122 controls .........................................................121 face detection ................................................124 geotagging ....................................................125 icons ..............................................................135 overview ........................................................121 recording videos ....................................133, 134 screen ............................................................121 self-portraits ..................................................123 settings ..................................126, 127, 134, 135 smile detection ..............................................125 Smile Shutter .............................................125 taking photos ................................122, 124, 125 using the flash ...............................................123 video ..............................................................133 viewing photos ..............................................123 viewing videos ...............................................134 zoom ..............................................................123 caps lock .................................................................39 charging ...................................................................17 chat ..........................................................................92 conference calls ......................................................73 connectivity ...........................................................168 contacts ...................................................................77 backing up .......................................................86 copying ............................................................86 favourite ...........................................................84 groups .............................................................85 importing from SIM card .................................79 joining contact information ..............................83 picture .............................................................81 sending ............................................................85 sharing .............................................................85 transferring ....................................77, 78, 79, 80 corporate email, calendar and contacts ................197 cropping photos ...................................................147, 148 D data traffic ...............................................................58 date format ..............................................................50 deleting ..................................................................105 an alarm .........................................................204 music .............................................................114 photos ...........................................................150 tracks .............................................................105 videos ............................................................152 device battery .............................................................18 performance ....................................................18 update ...........................................................209 download Internet settings ...............................................56 driving directions ...................................................202 E editing faces ..............................................................150 photos ...........................................................148 email ........................................................................94 more than one account ...................................94 emergency numbers ................................................66 equaliser ........................................................104, 105 events calendar .........................................................203 extensions ...............................................................26 F face detection ........................................................124 233 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. Facebook
"Like" a track on Facebook .......................106 synchronisation .............................................198 Xperia with Facebook ................................198 faces editing ............................................................150 favourites removing radio channels as ..........................118 saving radio channels as ...............................118 fixed dialling ............................................................75 flash using when taking photos .............................123 Flight mode - See Airplane mode ............................53 FM radio favourites .......................................................118 selecting a channel ........................................116 front camera ..........................................................121 G geotagging of photos .......................................................125 gesture input ...........................................................43 Gmail ....................................................................95 Google Latitude .................................................201 Google Maps .....................................................201 Google Play .........................................................62 Google Talk ..........................................................92 Google account setup .........................................96 Google synchronisation .....................................196 GPS .......................................................................200 H headset ....................................................................55 using ................................................................55 Home screen ...........................................................26 customising .....................................................28 I icons ..............................................................220, 224 in the camera .................................................135 importing SIM contacts ...........................................79 infinite button .................................................106, 107 instant messaging ...................................................92 Internet settings ............................................................56 web browser ..................................................167 K keyboard .................................................................39 settings ............................................................46 keys .........................................................................16 L language ..................................................................52 writing ..............................................................46 Latitude .................................................................201 LCD backlight control ..............................................51
"Like" a photo on Facebook ..............................156
"Like" a track on Facebook ...............................106
"Like" a video on Facebook ...............................156 live wallpaper ...........................................................30 location ..........................................................126, 200 locations ................................................................200 locks activating the screen .......................................13 locking the screen ...........................................13 screen lock ......................................................13 M maintenance ..........................................................209 maps ......................................................................200 Maps ......................................................................201 marking options .......................................................21 Media Go ...........................................................190 messages settings ............................................................56 micro SIM card inserting ...........................................................11 Microsoft Exchange synchronisation .................197 movies ...................................................................157 clearing video information .............................159 Movies ...................................................................157 Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) settings ............................................................56 music .......................................................55, 102, 111 adjusting volume ...........................................104 changing tracks .............................................103 deleting ..........................................................114 downloading music information ....................108 hearing protection .........................................111 My playlists ....................................................110 pausing a track ..............................................104 playing ...........................................................103 purchasing .....................................................113 recommending ..............................................114 searching using TrackID ............................112 sending ..........................................................106 sharing ...........................................................114 shortcuts .......................................................108 transferring to your device ............................103 transferring to/from a computer ....................103 using a headset ...............................................55 viewing artist info ..........................................114 My music ...............................................................107 N Navigation application ...........................................202 notification .............................................................224 light ..................................................................36 panel ..........................................................36, 38 ringtone ...........................................................50 setting ..............................................................38 O on-screen keyboard ................................................39 overview ................................................................107 P pausing a track ......................................................104 personal information ................................................77 phone maintenance ...............................................209 Phonepad ..........................................................39, 44 photo albums viewing ..........................................................141 photos ...................................................................149 adding a geotag ............................................149 adding the geographical position ..................125 analysing .......................................................150 associating with a contact ..............................81 cropping ................................................147, 148 deleting ..........................................................150 editing ............................................................148 photo viewer ..................................................142 rotating ..........................................................147 saturation level ..............................................149 selecting ........................................................143 SensMe slideshow .....................................147 sharing ...........................................................149 slideshow ......................................................146 taking .....................................122, 123, 124, 125 transferring to/from a computer ....................103 using as .........................................................147 viewing ..................................123, 141, 142, 143 viewing on a map ..........................................152 234 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. viewing same location ...................................126 zooming .........................................................146 PIN .................................................................212, 214 playing music .............................................................103 playlists ..................................................................109 adding a track ...............................................110 creating .........................................................110 deleting ..........................................................111 playing your own ...........................................110 removing tracks .............................................110 powering off ............................................................12 powering on .............................................................12 presets removing radio channels as ..........................118 saving radio channels as ...............................118 protective plastic sheet ...........................................21 PUK ...............................................................212, 214 purchasing music .............................................................113 R radio ..............................................................116, 117 favourites .......................................................118 listening to with the speaker .........................119 mono sound ..................................................119 moving between channels ............................116 opening .........................................................116 radio region ...................................................116 searching for channels ..................................118 selecting a channel ........................................116 stereo sound .................................................119 visualiser ........................................................117 radio sound ...........................................................119 receiving items using Bluetooth .........................185 recently used applications window .........................32 recommending music ....................................106, 114 recommending photos and videos ........................156 recording videos ....................................................121 using the camera key ....................................133 recycling your phone .............................................218 resetting .................................................................212 resizing photos ...................................................147, 148 ringtone .................................................................204 rotating photos ...........................................................147 S scanning barcodes ................................................191 screen ......................................................................51 cracked ............................................................21 glass ................................................................21 screen unlock pattern ....................................212 warranty ...........................................................21 searching music using TrackID ..................................112 track information ...........................................112 self-portrait ............................................................121 sending business cards ................................................86 contacts ...........................................................85 music .............................................................106 sending items using Bluetooth ..................185 SensMe channels ......................................108, 109 services ...................................................................14 setting light amount ..................................................148 photos ...........................................................149 settings call ...................................................................74 camera ..................................................126, 135 data usage .......................................................58 Internet ............................................................56 messaging .......................................................56 MMS ................................................................56 quick settings ..................................................36 still camera ....................................................126 video camera .................................................134 setup guide ..............................................................13 sharing music .............................................................114 photos ...........................................................149 shuffle music .........................................................109 silent mode ..............................................................48 SIM card ........................................................212, 214 exporting contacts to ......................................87 importing contacts from ..................................79 slideshow ..............................................................146 Smart Connect ......................................................194 smile detection ......................................................125 Smile Shutter .....................................................125 SOS - See emergency numbers ..............................66 STAMINA mode changing settings ............................................19 standby time estimating ........................................................20 status .....................................................................220 bar ...................................................................36 still camera ............................................121, 122, 127 settings ..........................................................126 support ..................................................................209 Support application ...............................................218 surround sound feature .........................................105 symbols ...................................................................39 synchronising ........................................................196 Facebook contacts, calendar, photos .......198 Google contacts, calendar, email ..............196 with Microsoft Exchange ............................197 T taking photos .........................................................121 by tapping .....................................................122 self-portraits ..................................................123 using face detection ......................................124 using smile detection ....................................125 using Smile Shutter ....................................125 using the camera key ....................................122 telephony - See calls ...............................................66 tethering USB tethering ................................................172 with Xperia Link .........................................172 text input method ....................................................39 themes .....................................................................30 time ..........................................................................50 time management ..................................................203 TrackID technology ............................................112 buying a track ................................................113 deleting a track ..............................................114 opening .........................................................112 recommending a track ..................................114 searching for track information .....................112 sharing a track ...............................................114 using results ..................................................113 using with the FM Radio ...............................120 viewing artist info ..........................................114 viewing charts ...............................................113 transferring contacts .........................................77, 78, 79, 80 turning off ................................................................12 turning on ................................................................12 235 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use. This is a draft publication for internal use only. U updating your device .............................................209 USB connection ....................................................187 using Movies .........................................................158 using the equaliser ................................................104 V vibration ...........................................................50, 204 video albums viewing ..........................................................141 video camera .................................................121, 133 recording videos ............................................134 settings ..........................................................135 video player pausing a video .............................................151 Video Unlimited .....................................................161 buying videos ................................................163 creating an account .......................................163 menu overview ......................................161, 165 notifications ...................................................163 renting videos ................................................163 watching a video ...........................................165 videos ....................................................................151 adjusting volume ...........................................152 deleting ..........................................................152 fast forwarding and rewinding .......................151 pausing ..........................................................151 playing ...........................................................151 recording ...............................................133, 134 selecting ........................................................143 sending ..........................................................152 sharing ...........................................................152 transferring to/from a computer ....................103 viewing ..................................134, 141, 142, 143 viewing movies ...........................................................157 Movies ...........................................................157 photos ...........................................................123 videos recorded using the camera ................134 voice input ...............................................................47 voice recognition .....................................................47 voicemail .................................................................71 volume adjusting video ..............................................152 key ...................................................................48 W
"WALKMAN" application adding tracks to playlists ..............................110 creating playlists ...........................................110 deleting tracks ...............................................105 minimising .....................................................105 overview ........................................................102 playing tracks in random order .....................109 playlists .........................................................109 using ..............................................................103 using the equaliser ................................104, 105
"WALKMAN" application widget ...........................111 wallpaper .................................................................30 web browser ..........................................................167 Wi-Fi ...................................................................171 widgets ....................................................................27 resizing ............................................................28 wireless networks ..................................................200 Z zoom ......................................................................123 zooming photos ...........................................................146 236 This is an Internet version of this publication. Print only for private use.
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2013-06-14 | 1852.4 ~ 1907.6 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | Original Equipment |
2 | 5500 ~ 5700 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
3 | 13.56 ~ 13.56 | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter | ||
4 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
5 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||
6 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Effective |
2013-06-14
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Sony Mobile Communications Inc
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0018919456
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Physical Address |
4-12-3 Higashi-Shinagawa
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Tokyo, N/A 140-0002
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Japan
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | TCB Application Email Address |
h******@acbcert.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | TCB Scope |
B1: Commercial mobile radio services equipment in the following 47 CFR Parts 20, 22 (cellular), 24,25 (below 3 GHz) & 27
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Grantee Code |
PY7
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Equipment Product Code |
PM-0480
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Name |
M******** K******
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Title |
Head of Regulatory
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Telephone Number |
+8136********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Fax Number |
+46 1********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
M******@sonymobile.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Firm Name |
SGS Taiwan Ltd
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Name |
W******** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Physical Address |
134, Wu Kung Road, Wuku Industrial Zone
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
New Taipei City, 24803
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
24803
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Telephone Number |
886-2******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Fax Number |
886-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
886-2********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
w******@sgs.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 12/12/2013 | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Equipment Class | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | PDA Phone | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Grant Comments | Power Output is ERP for Part 22 and EIRP for Part 24 and part 27. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and which provide at least 1 cm separation between the device and the users body. End users must be informed of the body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR for head, body-worn accessory, product specific (wireless router) and simultaneous transmission exposure conditions are 1.15 W/kg, 0.58 W/kg, 1.34 W/kg and 1.59 W/kg. This device contains GSM/WCDMA functions that are not operational in U.S. Territories. This filing is only applicable for 850 MHz Cell, 1700 WCDMA and 1900 MHz PCS operations. This device contains Bluetooth, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN and NFC (13.56 MHz) transmitters. HAC Rating: M3/T3 - 2007 | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Power Output is conducted. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and which provide at least 1 cm separation between the device and the users body. End users must be informed of the body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR for head, product specific (wireless router) and simultaneous transmission exposure conditions are 0.63 W/kg, 0.31 W/kg and 1.59 W/kg. This device contains GSM/WCDMA, Bluetooth, IEEE 802.11b/g/n WLAN and NFC (13.56 MHz) transmitters. This device has a 20 MHz and 40 MHz bandwidth mode. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | This device contains GSM/WCDMA, Bluetooth and IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN transmitters. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Power Output listed is conducted. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This device contains IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN, Bluetooth LE (V4.0), NFC (13.56 MHz) and GSM/WCDMA transmitters. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | This device contains GSM/WCDMA, Bluetooth, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN and NFC (13.56 MHz) transmitters. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Power Output is conducted. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and which provide at least 1 cm separation between the device and the users body. End users must be informed of the body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR for head, product specific (wireless router) and simultaneous transmission exposure conditions are 0.65 W/kg, 0.18 W/kg and 1.59 W/kg. This device contains GSM/WCDMA, Classical Bluetooth, IEEE 802.11a/n UNII WLAN and NFC (13.56 MHz) transmitters. This device for 802.11a 5.8G band has a 20 MHz and 40 MHz bandwidth mode. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Firm Name |
SGS TAIWAN LTD.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Name |
N****** B****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Telephone Number |
886-2******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 | Fax Number |
886-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
n******@sgs.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 22H | BC HC | 824.2 | 848.8 | 0.406 | 2.5 ppm | 248KGXW | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 22H | BC HC | 824.2 | 848.8 | 0.268 | 2.5 ppm | 244KG7W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 24E | BC HC | 1850.2 | 1908.8 | 1.384 | 2.5 ppm | 247KGXW | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 4 | 24E | BC HC | 1850.2 | 1908.8 | 0.869 | 2.5 ppm | 242KG7W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 5 | 22H | BC HC | 826.4 | 846.6 | 0.153 | 2.5 ppm | 4M27F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 6 | 27 | BC HC | 1712.4 | 1752.6 | 0.834 | 2.5 ppm | 4M25F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 7 | 24E | BC HC | 1852.4 | 1907.6 | 0.594 | 2.5 ppm | 4M22F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15E | CC HX | 5180 | 5240 | 0.019 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15E | CC HX ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.019 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 3 | 15E | CC HX ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.02 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | CC | 13.56000000 | 13.56000000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0083600 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15B | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 15C | CC HX | 2412 | 2462 | 0.129 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 2 | 15C | CC HX | 5745 | 5825 | 0.103 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 3 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.0014 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC